UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

——————————

 

FORM 10

(Amendment No. 1)

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

  

Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Florida

81-2624094

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214
Miami, FL

33186

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 305-232-2752

Copy to:
William Koppelmann, President
Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.
13590 SW 134th Ave, Suite 214
Miami, FL 33186
Fax – (305) 232-2752


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Stock, $.001 par value

(Title of class)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

  

Accelerated filer

  

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

þ

 

 

  

Smaller reporting company

  

þ

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

¨


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o




 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

  

PAGE

Item 1

Business

  

1

Item 1A

Risk Factors

  

9

Item 2

Financial Information

  

16

Item 3

Properties

  

24

Item 4

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

24

Item 5

Directors and Executive Officers

  

26

Item 6

Executive Compensation

  

30

Item 7

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

31

Item 8

Legal Proceedings

  

32

Item 9

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

  

32

Item 10

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

  

33

Item 11

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

  

34

Item 12

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  

36

Item 13

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

37

Item 14

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

37

Item 15

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

38

Signatures

 

39


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In this registration statement we make a number of statements, referred to as “forward-looking statements,” which are intended to convey our expectations or predictions regarding the occurrence of possible future events or the existence of trends and factors that may impact our future plans and operating results. These forward-looking statements are derived, in part, from various assumptions and analyses we have made in the context of our current business plan and information currently available to us and in light of our experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments and other factors we believe to be appropriate in the circumstances. You can generally identify forward-looking statements through words and phrases such as “seek,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “budget,” “project,” “may be,” “may continue,” “may likely result,” and similar expressions. When reading any forward-looking statement, you should remain mindful that actual results or developments may vary substantially from those expected as expressed in or implied by that statement for a number of reasons or factors, such as those relating to:

 

 

·

 

our ability to successfully sell our services to our customers;

 

 

·

 

our ability to attract the qualified personnel to implement our growth strategies;

 

 

·

 

our ability to develop and maintain our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

 

·

 

the accuracy of our estimates and projections;

 

 

·

 

our ability to fund our short-term and long-term financing needs;

 

 

·

 

changes in our business plan and corporate strategies; and

 

 

·

 

other risks and uncertainties discussed in greater detail in the sections of this registration statement, including those captioned “Risk Factors.

Each forward-looking statement should be read in context with, and with an understanding of, the various other disclosures concerning our Company and our business made elsewhere in this registration statement. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement as a prediction of actual results or developments. We are not obligated to update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in this registration statement to reflect new events or circumstances unless and to the extent required by applicable law.


Unless the context requires otherwise or unless stated otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Standard Premium,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis.





 


ITEM 1.

BUSINESS


Overview


We were incorporated in the State of Florida in 1991 under the name Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. In 2016 we established a holding company structure under the name Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation, with Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation as our wholly-owned subsidiary. Unless the context requires otherwise or unless stated otherwise, references in this registration statement to the “Company,” “Standard Premium,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, on a consolidated basis.


We are a specialized finance company that makes collateralized loans to businesses and individuals to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial property and casualty insurance policies. We began our business in 1991 and currently operate in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. We have developed relationships with insurance agents and brokers located in our market area who offer premium loans as a service to their customers which we underwrite. We evaluate each premium loan application according to our loan underwriting criteria. Upon our approval of a premium loan the borrower makes a down payment, generally 20% to 25% of the annual premium on the financed insurance policy, and we provide the balance of the annual premium required to purchase the policy. The borrower pays us a fixed monthly amount over the next nine (9) to ten (10) months. In the event the borrower defaults in its loan payment obligation we are contractually authorized to terminate the insurance policy and receive the amount of the unearned premium paid on the insurance policy. The unearned premium on the insurance policy represents the portion of the insurance premium subject to return if the policy is cancelled before the full term of the policy is completed. The unearned premiums serve as the collateral for our premium loans and are designed to fully pay off the balance of the premium loan in the event of a default. We have the contractual right to cancel the insurance policy and receive the amount of the unearned premium if the borrower defaults on repayment of any loan payment to us. Because of this collateral security feature of our premium loans, we consider our premium loans to be of high quality and low risk. Standard Premium commenced operations in 1991 for the specific purpose of providing financing for property and casualty insurance premiums. Standard Premium:


·

maintains current state licenses to operate a premium finance company,

·

meets or exceeds all statutory net worth requirements,

·

maintains professional liability insurance with an A rated major insurance carrier with limits of $500,000, in compliance with all state requirements,

·

has secured and maintained computer hardware and licensed software to conduct its business in a timely fashion,

·

has a revolving senior credit line and long-term debt in the form of subordinated corporate notes to help finance its loan production,

·

has secured a long-term lease on office space which it currently occupies, and which is sufficient to meet future needs,

·

has developed a set of working procedures by which it operates,

·

generates daily management control reports,

·

has cultivated and maintained relationships with various independent insurance agents providing the source of all new and renewal business, and

·

currently finances approximately 80 million dollars in insurance premiums annually.


The Property and Casualty Insurance Premium Finance Market


Commercial insurance performs a critical role in the world economy. Without it, the economy could not function. Insurers essentially protect the economic system from failure by assuming the risks inherent in the production of goods and services. All businesses have one thing in common: Without the right insurance coverage, each could be wiped out by a disaster or a lawsuit. The Insurance Information Institute reported that $287.1 billion of commercial lines insurance premiums were generated in the U.S. in 2018. (Source: https://www.iii.org/fact-statistic/facts-statistics-commercial-lines)


The insurance premium finance industry began in Pennsylvania in 1933 and has grown along with the U.S. economy. It is estimated that approximately 15% of the $250 billion U.S. commercial property and casualty premiums were financed in 2015, generating $40 billion of insurance premium finance loans.




1



 


There are several reasons that an insurance policy buyer would choose to finance its insurance premiums. Financing an insurance premium is much like any other commercial or consumer purchase. It is financed based on the insured’s decision resulting from current economic trends and other considerations. For some customers, insurance premium financing is a convenient way to buy insurance without tying up working capital or accessing other credit lines. Other customers, who do not have the means to pay the premium in full at the time of purchase, consider premium financing a necessity. When customers finance insurance policies, they enter into a contract with the premium finance company to obtain a loan. The contract assigns the borrower’s rights to all unearned premiums and dividends on the policy to the premium finance company and appoints the premium finance company as its ‘attorney in fact.’  The power of attorney signed by the borrower gives the premium finance company the right to cancel the insurance policy in the event of non-payment of a loan installment and to receive all unearned premiums and credits from the insurance company.  The customer, upon executing the premium financing loan contract, makes the initial deposit and agrees to pay back the principal with interest in monthly payments (typically nine). Thus, the unearned premium of the insurance policy provides the collateral for each loan.


Our Loan Referral Base


The bulk of our premium loans are originated through insurance agents and brokers who recommend our premium loan program to their clients who would like to finance their insurance premiums. We currently market our loans through more than 850 independent insurance brokers and agents located in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. For risk prevention purposes we have a policy of limiting the amount of loans to the customers of any one insurance broker or agent to 5% of our outstanding loan portfolio. We may change this policy at any time based on then-existing market conditions or otherwise, at the discretion of our CEO.


Our website for our brokers and agents allows them to quote premiums and print drafts and finance agreements online. The drafts and agreements are forwarded to us for loan underwriting, risk management and approval.  Our brokers and agents do not have the authority to bind us to making a loan.


We compensate the insurance brokers and agents for their loan origination service through commissions which are authorized and regulated by the states in which we do business.  The commission paid is generally tied to the gross revenue that the loan generates. For example, rates are determined by the size of the loan, and to a certain degree the rating of the insurance company as well as the creditworthiness of the borrower, further, the higher the interest rate the loan generates, the higher the commission to the broker. Overall, the commission paid to the broker (the Acquisition Cost), is generally equivalent to approximately 25% of the gross revenue of the loan. In addition, the Company offers a rewards program (where permitted by State Law) for our insurance brokers and agents. Under the rewards program, points are earned based on amount of financed premiums. These points are then redeemable for travel and merchandise. The rewards program is equivalent to 1/10th of one percent (.001) of the amount financed and is in addition to payment of commissions.


We do not have any exclusive or long-term arrangements with the insurance agents and brokers that make up our referral base and they have other sources of premium financing at their disposal.   We have no contractual relationship with the insurance agents and brokers requiring them to recommend us to their clients.  However, in connection with each premium loan we make, the borrowers agent or broker:


·

Certifies that the policies being financed have been issued and delivered and that the required down payment has been paid by or on behalf of the insured;


·

Warrants that the premium finance agreement evidences a bona fide and legal transaction and that the insured is of legal age and has capacity to contract;


·

Warrants that the insureds signature is genuine and that the agent or broker has delivered a copy of the premium finance agreement to the insured;


·

States that the financed policies do not contain an audit or reporting form;


·

Acknowledges that it is not affiliated in any capacity or manner with us; and


·

Agrees that in the event of cancellation the financed policy to remit the gross unearned commissions or unearned premiums to us upon request.





2



 


Employees


We employ 21 full-time and 3 part-time employees. Our full-time employees are covered by a corporate benefit plan for major medical and hospitalization. None of our employees are members of a labor union. All of our employees are “at will” with no guaranteed period of employment, with the exception of our Vice President of Technology, who has a fixed contract of employment until February 28, 2023. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory. We have four employees who act as our marketing representatives in the field. They call on our broker and agent base and seek new brokers and agents to represent us to their clients.


Our Premium Loans


Our premium finance loans are typically provided to small and medium size businesses to finance the purchase of commercial property and casualty insurance policies with a one-year term. Premium loans are generally in the range of $2,000 to $50,000 per loan. The customer typically pays 25% of the annual policy premium at the initiation of coverage and we provide the balance of the premium at that time. Our loans have a nine (9) to ten (10) month term. The purpose of this is two-fold; first, by making the financing term shorter than the policy term, a small “cushion” of collected funds is developed that helps ensure that the balance due is paid off by refund of the unearned premium in case of cancellation, and second, it gives the insured a two to three-month break in payments before the policy term expires and the process repeats for the renewal of the policy.


Insurance premiums are earned by the insurance company over the term of the policy. If the policy is terminated prior to completion of the term, a refund of the unearned portion of the policy premium is made. If the policy was financed, the refund of unearned premiums goes to the premium finance lender with any amount received by the lender in excess of the amount owed by the borrower being refunded to the borrower.


The following table illustrates the “cushion” between the unearned premium and the loan balance based on a typical annual premium of $10,000 with a $2,500 (25%) deposit paid by the borrower at the inception of the loan. In this scenario, the premium finance company advances $7,500 and the borrower repays the loan in 10 monthly payments of $750. Note that interest is excluded in this example to highlight the collateral on the principal balance.


Months
in Force

Payments
Made

Payment
(Principal Only)

Principal
Balance

Unearned
Premium

“Cushion”

1

0

$0

$7,500

$7,890

$390

2

1

$750

$6,750

$7,150

$400

3

2

$750

$6,000

$6,410

$410

4

3

$750

$5,250

$5,670

$420

5

4

$750

$4,500

$4,930

$430

6

5

$750

$3,750

$4,190

$440

7

6

$750

$3,000

$3,450

$450

8

7

$750

$2,250

$2,710

$460

9

8

$750

$1,500

$1,970

$470

10

9

$750

$750

$1,230

$480

11

10

$750

$0

$490

$490


Although this is a typical representation of a loan in our portfolio, we may be undercollateralized depending on certain factors, including, but not limited to, lower down payments, minimum earned premiums, fully-earned fees and taxes, governmental filings, audit provisions, longer payment terms, and other competitive factors. See Risk Factors for more information about our loan risks.




3



 


We had $41,624,594 and $39,809,865 in premium finance loans outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, we have 14,888 active premium finance loans in six states. The following is a summary of our premium loan portfolio as of September 30, 2020:


State

 Loans

 Total
Premiums

 Down
Payment

 Amount
Financed

 Total
Outstanding

Arizona

26

$

 316,289

$

 78,423

$

 237,866

$

 174,690

Florida

9,513

 51,986,944

 12,710,426

 39,276,519

 23,134,834

Georgia

1,972

 19,385,455

 4,700,770

 14,684,685

 8,440,425

North Carolina

1,440

 9,870,223

 2,247,931

 7,622,292

 4,521,831

South Carolina

911

 4,206,897

 1,064,082

 3,142,815

 1,740,105

Texas

1,026

 8,252,729

 2,267,590

 5,985,139

 3,612,709

Grand Total

14,888

$  94,018,537

$  23,069,222

$  70,949,316

$  41,624,594


As of December 31, 2019, we have 15,268 active premium finance loans in six states. The following is a summary of our premium loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019:


State

 Loans

 Total
Premiums

 Down
Payment

 Amount
Financed

 Total
Outstanding

Arizona

4

$

 10,449

$

 3,051

$

 7,398

$

 7,241

Florida

9,978

 51,174,259

 12,573,424

 38,600,834

 22,503,820

Georgia

1,939

 16,258,209

 3,840,904

 12,417,305

 7,606,006

North Carolina

1,493

 9,630,065

 2,282,017

 7,348,048

 4,149,402

South Carolina

888

 4,763,914

 1,126,957

 3,636,957

 1,853,037

Texas

966

 9,078,757

 2,436,682

 6,642,076

 3,690,359

Grand Total

15,268

$  90,915,653

$  22,263,035

$  68,652,618

$  39,809,865


Credit Quality Information

 

The following table presents credit-related information at the “class” level in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic (“ASC”) 310-10-50, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Finance Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. A class is generally a disaggregation of a portfolio segment. In determining the classes, the Company considered the finance receivable characteristics and methods it applies in monitoring and assessing credit risk and performance.

 

The following table summarizes finance receivables by the risk ratings that regulatory agencies utilize to classify credit exposure, and which are consistent with indicators the Company monitors. Risk ratings are reviewed on a regular basis and are adjusted as necessary for updated information affecting the borrowers’ ability to fulfill their obligations.


We analyze and rate our receivables based on the amount of unearned premium (i.e. collateral) on a loan based on a “worst case” cancellation date. Loans that would be undercollateralized as of this hypothetical cancellation are deemed to be Special Mention loans. The Company monitors the amount at which Special Mention receivables are undercollateralized. The Company strategically balances its exposure to undercollateralized loans, while staying competitive in the markets it serves.

 

The definitions of these ratings are as follows:

 

Pass finance receivables in this category do not meet the criteria for classification in one of the categories below.

Special mention a special mention asset exhibits potential weaknesses that deserve managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects.

Classified a classified asset ranges from: 1) assets that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower, and are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the deficiencies are not corrected to 2) assets with weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full unlikely on the basis of current facts, conditions, and values. Assets in this classification can be accruing or on non-accrual depending on the evaluation of these factors.



4



 





Pass loan collateral in excess of receivable value the total amount of excess collateral over the receivable on loans classified as pass loans. All pass loans are fully collateralized based on the value of the unearned premium (i.e. collateral) compared to the unpaid balance of the loan. If a pass receivable were to undergo an assumed cancellation as of the respective balance sheet date, the Company would not experience a loss.

Special mention receivable in excess of collateral value the total amount of excess receivable over collateral on loans classified as “special mention” loans. All “special mention” loans are undercollateralized based on the value of the unearned premium (i.e. collateral) compared to the unpaid balance of the loan. If a “special mention” receivable were to undergo an assumed cancellation as of the respective balance sheet date, the Company would experience a loss. The assumed cancellation of all “special mention” loans would result in a loss in the amount of the “’Special mention’ receivable in excess of collateral value.

 

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company considered $172,568 and $333,193, respectively, of lacking collateral as adequate for the level of risk associated with these loans while staying competitive within the industry. Management does not believe any of its receivables would be considered Classified. Our Finance Receivables by risk rating:


 

 

September 30, 2020

(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Pass

 

$

37,279,600

 

 

$

34,091,471

 

Special mention

 

 

4,344,994

 

 

 

5,718,394

 

Classified

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

41,624,594

 

 

$

39,809,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Pass” loan collateral in excess of receivable value

 

 

12,374,668

 

 

 

10,704,885

 

“Special mention” receivable in excess of collateral value

 

 

173,756

 

 

 

333,193

 


The Company regularly monitors each contract for payment status, sending late notices and cancelling contracts at the earliest permissible date allowed by the statutory cancellation regulations. In maintaining a proper allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company monitors past due accounts and ensures an allowance for older receivables, generally over 120 days. However, in this industry, even though accounts are highly aged and appear stale, they are still collectible. Unearned premiums on cancelled accounts may be held at insurance companies for varying periods, though they are still highly collectible. The Company regularly contacts the insurance companies to ensure collectability. Historically, the Company has managed its allowance conservatively ensuring an allowance balance that encompasses uncollectible accounts. In the following table, the Company defines “Non-performing loans without a specific reserve” as defaulted loans over 120 days. All other loans are considered “Performing loans evaluated collectively.” At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were no loans with deteriorated credit quality.


Finance Receivables – Method of impairment calculation:


 

 

September 30, 2020

(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Performing loans evaluated individually

 

$

 

 

$

 

Performing loans evaluated collectively

 

 

40,825,842

 

 

 

39,114,737

 

Non-performing loans without a specific reserve

 

 

798,752

 

 

 

695,128

 

Non-performing loans with a specific reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

41,624,594

 

 

$

39,809,865

 




5



 


Revenue Recognition


Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Maximum late fee charges are mandated by state regulations. The Company charges late fees at the earliest permissible date based on the late fee regulations of the state in which the loan originated. Furthermore, the Company charges the maximum permissible late fee based on the state in which the loan originated. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Debt Summary and Sources of Liquidity

 

Below is a summary of some of our debt and sources of liquidity. The discussion below does not discuss all of our debt. Please see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement for additional information about debt and sources of liquidity.


Line of Credit

 

In September 2018 we entered into a revolving two-year line of credit agreement with Woodforest National Bank (the “Woodforest LOC Agreement”). As of September 30, 2020, we had a total balance due of $27,407,667 on this line of credit with remaining availability of $92,333. On February 3, 2021, the Company entered into a two-year line of credit with a new lender, First Horizon Bank (the “First Horizon LOC Agreement”), in the maximum amount of $35,000,000. On this date, the Woodforest loan was paid and terminated.

 

The First Horizon LOC Agreement provides us with a revolving line of credit not to exceed $35,000,000. The First Horizon LOC Agreement is senior and secured. The First Horizon LOC Agreement will terminate on February 3, 2023 unless extended by the mutual agreement of us and the lender.

 

The advance rate on the First Horizon line of credit is 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and a member of the board of directors of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day LIBOR plus 2.85% per annum (3.35% at the execution of the loan).


Interest expense on this Woodforest line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 totaled approximately $792,422 and $920,025, respectively. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 of $61,649 and $61,648, respectively.


The Company’s agreement with FHB contains certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio.  The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, and minimum balances.  Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of the execution of the new loan agreement.


Promissory Notes to Unrelated Parties


These are notes payable to individuals.  The notes have interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025.  The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $201,000 and $224,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The outstanding principal balance on these notes was $4,112,172 and $4,435,606 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.




6



 


Promissory Notes to Stockholders and Related Parties


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties.  The notes have interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $238,000 and $207,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The outstanding principal balance on these notes was $4,260,293 and $3,596,859 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


The Company is authorized to issue 600,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value. As of September 30, 2020, 99,000 shares are issued and outstanding for $10 per share.


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock under certain circumstances.


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. December 31, 2019 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in January 2020. March 31, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in April 2020. June 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in July 2020. September 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in October 2020. As of October 2020, all dividends in arrears had been declared and paid.


Our Customers


The majority of our customers are small to medium-sized businesses seeking property and casualty insurance through local independent insurance agents. We currently operate in the southeast region, as well as Texas and Arizona, where the premium finance laws are favorable to making premium finance loans. Premiums on these commercial insurance policies are written on a semi-annual or annual basis exclusively and premium finance loans are repaid over a maximum of 4 and 10 consecutive monthly payments, respectively. Approximately 97% of our loans are written for a 9 to 10 month term with the balance written for a 6 month term. Premiums on these financed policies typically range between $1,000 to $50,000. At September 30, 2020, we currently have 14,888 premium finance loans outstanding. The types of policies we finance vary. They are most often motor truck cargo, physical damage and liability, commercial auto, commercial general liability, commercial package policies, professional liability, and commercial property. Most of the policies we finance are written through local independent insurance agents. The insurance companies they represent generally do not provide premium payment plans.


Competition


Our industry is highly competitive with three types of competitors. Fifteen of our largest competitors are national premium finance firms primarily owned by commercial banks and are believed to write approximately 50% of all premium finance loans. A second type of competitor is comprised of regional premium finance companies owned by entrepreneurs. Our remaining competitors are smaller, local companies many of which are affiliated with insurance agencies. There is low barrier to entry into the business as regulations do not require passing any tests or having substantial capital. A prime requirement for success in the industry is access to low cost capital as profits are substantially related to the spread between the cost of capital and interest earned on premium finance loans. Because of the secure nature of insurance premium finance loans, our industry is intensely competitive:


·

Large National Finance Companies are owned or affiliated with financial institutions and make up approximately 50% of the financed premiums in the industry today. Since access to capital is plentiful and cost of funds are historically low, these finance companies seek the security of the premium finance industry to get valued returns with minimal risk. However, since these competitors oftentimes lack the agility our desire to develop personal relationships, they generally seek out the largest premiums solely by offering the lowest rates.



7



 


·

Regional finance companies compete for business in smaller regional territories throughout the U.S. These companies are typically owned by entrepreneurs that raise debt privately and leverage it with a bank or similar asset-based lender. While these regional competitors manage to maintain some of the benefits of the smaller companies on a relationship level, they lack access to capital enjoyed by large institutionally owned competitors. Thus, they are limited to modest organic growth with limited exit strategy.

·

Smaller locally operated finance companies generally conduct business in the state in which they are domiciled and typically limit their business to that state, county, or municipality. These companies are often family-owned and operated and can even be affiliated with an insurance agency or agencies or even a small insurance company. While these smaller competitors are able to develop personal relationships, owners often lack the experience, business acumen and access to capital enjoyed by their larger competitors.


The servicing of loans for policy premiums of $1,000 to $50,000 can be time consuming and require responsive customer service but competition in this segment is less intense. Our customers generally do not have an insurance expert on staff and they rely of their brokers or agents to recommend premium finance companies. Our referral base has access to multiple alternate premium finance sources operating in the national, regional and local level. We believe we compete against our competitors primarily on the quality of our technology which allows our agents and brokers to receive a quick response to a loan application and the quality of the personalized servicing of our loans which we provide. We believe that we are successful because our technology and customer service helps our referral sources achieve their own customer satisfaction and retention.


Our main marketing activities are the establishment and maintenance of relationships with our loan referral sources. We do not market or advertise our loan services directly to the parties receiving our loans but rather depend upon insurance agents and brokers to advise their clients who wish to finance their premiums about our insurance premium loan program.


Regulation


In most states, insurance premium finance companies are regulated by the Insurance Departments or Offices of Insurance Regulation in which they operate. Each state has specific laws regulating items such as interest rates, late charges, loan terms, forms, audit provisions, cancellation requirements among others. In addition, each state has the ability to audit each finance company and requires annual reports to be submitted. The following chart illustrates the relevant rules and regulations for the states in which we operate as of September 30, 2020.


 

AZ

FL

GA

NC

SC

TX

TN

Service Charge

$10

$20

$20

$15

$20

>$1,000 $20
<$1,000 $25

4% of loan up to $15 max

Limit on Service Charge

None

once per
annum

None

None

Once per
annum

None

once per
annum

Late Charge Minimum (Consumer)

5%  Max. $10

$10

$1.50

$1.00

$1.00

5%

2

Percentage (Consumer)

5%

NO

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Late Charge Minimum (Commercial)

5%

$10

$1.50

$1.00

$1.00

5%

$2.00

Percentage (Commercial)

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Grace Period

5

5

5

5

0

10

10

Days to Cancel

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Cancellation Fee

$15

$0

$5 Consumer
$15 Commercial

$0

$0

$5

5

Returned Check Fee

$10 or Actual

$15

$20

Varies

Filed w
State

Varies

$0

Amount to Refund to Borrower

$1

$1

$5

$1

$3

$5

$1

Interest Method

36% up to $1,000
24% exceeding $1,000

1% Add-on

1% Add-on

$12 per
$100

$12 per
$100

Simple

Simple

Maximum Interest Rate

None

None

None

None

None

Changes
Periodically

24%

Interest Refund Method

Actuarial Method

Rule of 78's

Rule of 78’s

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances



8



 






Collection/Recovery Fees

Allowed

20%

No

No

No

No

15%

Signature Required

New Business Only

Insured or Agent

Insured or Agent

Insured

Agent and
Insured

Insured or Agents

Insured or Agent (w/POA)

Type Font

8 pt

8 pt

8 pt

Legible

8 pt

Approved

8 pt

Reporting Period Due

February 1st

March 1st

March 1st

June 15th

March 1st

April 1st

April 1st

Audit Provisions/Terms

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

4 Years

2 Years


Growth Strategy


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity to generate additional sales. In February 2021, the Company executed a loan agreement with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit. In the event the Company can secure significant surplus credit availability, it intends to expand growth efforts to include mergers and acquisitions as well as joint ventures directly with insurance underwriters. The Company does not currently have specific plans for growth beyond its current operations and we cannot assure that such efforts will take place or be successful.


The Company sees a unique opportunity in its sector to consolidate similar entities. Growth through mergers and acquisitions is particularly advantageous for a public company to purchase private companies, as the larger institutions purposely keep valuations low due to their dominance in the market. Since banks are typically valued at 1.25x to 1.5x book value, they generally value this industry similarly. This valuation often equates to approximately four to six times earnings. In contrast, businesses in the specialty finance sector that are publicly traded enjoy a Group P/E Ratio between 16-24 to 1. In addition to this industry being undervalued, it is highly fragmented, with ten banks controlling 75% of the commercial market share and the remaining market divided amongst 1,100 small to mid-size privately-held premium finance companies. The smaller companies (under $10M in revenue) are often overlooked by these banks as acquisition targets. We deem these entities as the primary targets of our acquisition plan. Furthermore, once consolidated the target acquisition operates approximately twice as profitable due to the elimination of nearly 65% of general and administrative expenses, leading to economies of scale, which flow directly to EBITDA. We do not currently have any agreement to acquire any other businesses and there can be no assurance that any such acquisitions will be made. There are currently no acquisition agreements or negotiations and we cannot assure that any such transactions will be entered into.


ITEM 1A.

 RISK FACTORS


An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and is subject to many uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In order to attain an appreciation for these risks and uncertainties, you should read this registration statement in its entirety and consider all of the information and advisements contained in this registration statement, including the following risk factors and uncertainties. If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results and financial condition could be seriously harmed, and you could lose all or part of your investment.


We depend on the availability of significant amounts of credit to meet our liquidity needs and our failure to maintain our sources of credit could materially and adversely affect our liquidity in the future. 


Our business model is dependent upon our ability to borrow to maintain and grow our ability to lend money to our customers. On February 3, 2021 we entered into a new two-year line of credit in the maximum amount of $35 million which was immediately funded for $25,970,293 to pay off the prior line of credit lender. If we fail to renew or replace our line of credit at the expiration of the current term, or we default on our line of credit, then our ability to continue our lending business at current levels and meet our other obligations, would be materially adversely affected. Since the amount of money we can borrow on our revolving credit line is based on a percentage of our entire loan portfolio less certain ineligible items, our other corporate debt (i.e., subordinated and un-subordinated debt) plus our retained earnings and stockholder equity alone may limit our ability to increase the size of our loan portfolio.

 



9



 


If our growth requires us to raise additional capital, that capital may not be available when it is needed, or the cost of that capital may be very high.


As we grow, organically and through possible acquisitions, the amount of capital required to support our operations grows as well. We may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth both organically and through possible acquisitions. Any capital we obtain may result in the dilution of the interests of existing holders of our common stock. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time which are outside our control and on our financial condition and performance. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to expand our operations through organic growth and possible acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and negatively affected.


Our reliance on third party insurance agents and brokers to originate our premium finance loans may result in increased exposure to credit risk and fraud.


Our premium finance loans are issued primarily through relationships with a large number of unaffiliated insurance agents and brokers. As a result, risk management and general supervisory oversight may be difficult since we have little direct contact with the borrowers and such loans may also be more susceptible to third party fraud.  In certain cases, insurance agents and brokers may be funded directly on behalf of the insurance company and/or its affiliates. If the agent or broker fails to remit these funds accordingly, or fails to provide an underlying insurance policy, there may be little or no collateral.  Acts of fraud are difficult to detect and deter, and we cannot assure investors that our risk management procedures and controls will prevent losses from fraudulent activity.


If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb losses that may occur in our loan portfolio, our financial condition and liquidity could suffer.


 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that is intended to absorb credit losses that we expect to incur in our loan portfolio. At each balance sheet date, our management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on our estimate of probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, taking into account probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified. Because our allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of inherent losses, there is no certainty that it will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in the loan portfolio, particularly if there is deterioration in general economic or market conditions or events that adversely affect specific customers. Although we believe our loan loss allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, if our estimates are inaccurate and our actual loan losses exceed the amount that is anticipated, or if the loss assumptions we used in calculating our reserves are significantly different from those we actually experience, our financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.


Failures of our information technology systems may adversely affect our operations.


We are increasingly dependent upon computer and other information technology systems to manage our business. We rely upon information technology systems to process, record, monitor and disseminate information about our operations. In some cases, we depend on third parties to provide or maintain these systems. While we perform a review of controls instituted by our critical vendors in accordance with industry standards, we must rely on the continued maintenance of these controls by the outside party, including safeguards over the security of customer data. Additionally, we must rely on our employees to safeguard access to our information technology systems and avoid inadvertent complicity with external security threats. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and cyberattacks that could have a security impact. If one or more of these events occur, or if any of our financial, accounting or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, this could jeopardize our or our customers’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers or counterparties. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. Security breaches in our online systems could also have an adverse effect on our reputation. Our systems may also be affected by events that are beyond our control, which may include, for example, electrical or telecommunications outages or other damage to our property or assets. Although we take precautions against malfunctions and security breaches, we cannot assure that such efforts will be adequate to prevent problems that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.




10



 


If we are unable to attract and retain experienced and qualified personnel, our ability to provide high quality service will be diminished, we may lose key customer relationships, and our results of operations may suffer.


We believe that our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, including our senior management and other key personnel. The departure of senior manager or other key personnel may damage relationships with certain customers, or certain customers may choose to follow such personnel to a competitor. The loss of any of our senior managers or other key personnel, or our inability to identify, recruit and retain such personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. All but one of our employees are “at will” with no fixed term of employment.


Since our business is concentrated in Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee, declines in the economy of these states could adversely affect our business.


Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. We provide premium finance loans to customers primarily in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. The local economic conditions in these market states significantly impact the demand for our premium finance loans as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans. Declines in economic conditions, including inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors impacting these local markets could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


Competition in the insurance premium finance industry is intense, and some of our competitors have greater financial, technological and other resources than we currently possess.


We face intense competition from other insurance premium finance firms. Many competing companies have longer operating histories, greater access to capital, lower cost of capital, more lending experience, greater name recognition, larger staffs and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we currently possess. The superior resources that some of these competitors have available could allow them to compete successfully against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and prospects.


If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.


Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


In addition, we are required to be compliant with public company internal control requirements mandated under Section 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including the hiring of accounting personnel and establishing new accounting and financial reporting procedures to establish an appropriate level of internal controls over financial reporting. However, we cannot provide assurances that we will be successful in doing so. If we are unable to successfully implement internal controls over financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting, and our stock price, may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the applicable stock exchange listing requirements.


Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase operating costs and harm the business.


We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.


The current expectation is that for the foreseeable future, we will retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain, if any, for any stockholders for the foreseeable future.




11



 


There is no trading market for our common stock and there is no assurance that a market will develop or be maintained.


There is no public market for shares of our common stock. Although it is our intention to achieve a trading market for our common stock we have not applied for listing on any market and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be maintained.  In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares at the time that they would like to sell and may have to hold their shares indefinitely.


We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions that we are able to complete.


Part of our business strategy is to grow through potential acquisitions in order to achieve economies of scale. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:


·

it may occur that the acquired company or assets do not further Standards business strategy, or that it overpaid for the company or assets, or that industry or economic conditions change, all of which may require a future impairment charge;

·

management may have difficulty integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired business and may have difficulty retaining the key personnel of the acquired business;

·

management may have difficulty incorporating the acquired services with its existing services;

·

there may be customer confusion where Standards services overlap with those of entities that are acquired;

·

Standards ongoing business and management's attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically and culturally diverse locations;

·

There may be difficulty maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies across locations;

·

Standard may acquire companies that have material liabilities, including, among other things, for the failure to comply with insurance laws and regulations;

·

the acquisition may result in litigation from terminated employees or third parties;

·

management may experience significant problems or liabilities associated with service quality, technology and legal contingencies;

·

Standard may spend considerable amounts of money (legal, accounting, diligence, etc.) in seeking an acquisition candidate and never complete the acquisition; and

·

acquisition candidate letters of intent may have large break-up fees if the acquisition is not completed.


We may not be able to make future acquisitions without obtaining additional financing.


To finance any acquisitions, Standard may, from time to time, issue additional equity securities or incur additional debt. A greater amount of debt or additional equity financing could be required to the extent that its common stock fails to achieve or to maintain a market value sufficient to warrant its use in future acquisitions, or to the extent that acquisition targets are unwilling to accept common stock in exchange for their businesses.  Furthermore, the Company would require bank approval of any additional debt or equity financing. Even if Standard were permitted to incur additional debt or determine to sell equity, management may not be able to obtain additional required capital on acceptable terms, if at all, which would limit its plans for growth. In addition, any capital they may be able to raise could result in increased leverage on its balance sheet, additional interest and financing expense, and decreased operating income.




12



 


The insurance premium finance industry is very competitive, and if we are not able to compete effectively, we may lose market share and our business could suffer.


We face competition in financing insurance premiums throughout our market area. Our competitors include national, regional and other community banks, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, insurance companies, factoring companies and other non-bank financial companies. Many of these competitors have access to cheaper capital, substantially greater resources and market presence than Standard and, as a result of their size, may be able to offer a broader range of products at better prices.


Compliance with securities laws.


The Company’s common stock, preferred stock and promissory notes were sold to investors pursuant to exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to transactions involving limited offers and sales without registration. If the Company should fail to comply with each and every one of the requirements of the available exemptions from registration, the investors may have the right to rescind their purchase of shares if they so desire. Compliance is highly technical. There is always the possibility that if any investor or investors should obtain rescission of their investments, the Company may be required to repurchase the securities. In addition, failure to comply with any of the requirements for exemption under state securities laws could occasion the same results as a failure to comply with the above-mentioned federal rule exemptions.


We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information we receive about our customers and counterparties to make credit decisions. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading information may adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.


We rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties in deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions. This information could include financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


The rapid spread of the novel coronavirus, COVID-19, may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.


Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus COVID-19. If our borrowers are impacted, we may experience a higher than anticipated default rate on our customer’s premium finance loans. We may also experience lower demand for premium finance loans. Our borrowers are generally small and medium size businesses which may be less able to survive the disruption caused by the virus and the steps required to fight its spread such as mandatory shutdowns. Our business operations may be adversely affected if our offices need to be closed due to the coronavirus or if a number of our employees are sidelined by illness. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.


The Company is continuously monitoring operational challenges from employees working from home and whether it affects the Company’s efficiency and operations. Further, the Company has monitored changes to its default rate and ability to handle collections and underwriting activities. The Company has not experienced any material increase in its default rate since the COVID-19 pandemic nor a decrease in the Company’s ability to handle defaults and underwriting new business.


Certain protective provisions of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may prevent us from entering into certain transactions, issuing certain securities or making changes in the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of, or applicable to, the Series A Preferred Stock which may be beneficial to the holders of our common stock.


Our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has certain protective provisions as set forth in Item 11 herein which may prevent us from engaging in transactions, including mergers and acquisitions, or taking other actions which alter the provisions of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or issuing other equity securities which may have rights senior to or on parity with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or increasing the amount of authorized Series A Convertible Preferred Stock even if such matters were beneficial to the holders of our common stock.




13



 


We may cause the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be converted into common stock which may reduce the price of our common stock.


We may increase the number of outstanding shares of our common stock by causing the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into common stock.  Issuance of additional shares of our common stock my cause a reduction in the market price of the shares of our common stock.


Particular Risks Associated with the Specialized Insurance Premium Services Industry

Our premium finance business may involve a higher risk of delinquency or collection than other lending operations and could expose us to losses.


We provide financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums through our subsidiary Standard Premium Finance Management, Inc. Commercial insurance premium finance loans involve a unique, and possibly higher, risk of delinquency or collection than other types of loans. These are initiated primarily through relationships with unaffiliated independent insurance agents. As a result, risk management is critical and may be difficult. Roughly one third of all new borrowers fail to make all of their payments. In such an event, we request cancellation of the insurance policy and anticipate a refund from the insurance company and the agent. Under ideal conditions the down payment made by the insured should create sufficient equity to pay off our loan in the event of a cancellation.  However, as a consequence of competitive market conditions, we may have accepted a down payment that did not fully cover our loan. If, after the unearned premium on a cancelled policy is fully refunded, there is still an outstanding balance, the insured must be billed directly.  The cost of pursuing these funds often exceeds the amount collected and most often results in write-offs by the Company. Many commercial loans have underwriting provisions that may affect our collateral. Such instances may include but are not limited to fully earned policy fees or inspection fees, audit provisions, state reporting requirements, and cancellation limitations. Such circumstances could greatly reduce the unearned premium in the event of cancellation. Since we depend on the unearned premium for collateral, we could experience greater write-offs and thus, increased risk.


A Decline in the Economy in General May Result in a Decrease in Production.


Declines in the economy generally could have an adverse impact on our operating results by reducing the number of businesses purchasing insurance. Further, those who are currently financing their policies may have more difficulty making their payments, thus raising our default rates.


Increases in the Prime Interest Rate may reduce the profitability of our loans.


The rate at which we lend money is set by the state.  However, our revolving line of credit, which comprises our senior debt, is based, in part, on the prime interest rate.  When the prime rate goes up, the interest we pay on our senior debt increases while our interest income continues to be based on the same interest rate.  Thus, with each increase, the spread between the interest we earn and the interest we pay narrows, reducing our net interest income.


Changes in Insurance Law may adversely affect our business.


Our industry is subject to laws, rules, and regulations as established by the states in which we operate.  Any changes in such laws, rules, and regulations could be detrimental to the premium finance industry, thus having a negative effect on our operating income.  


Aggressive Marketing by our Competitors may adversely affect our business.


There may be changes in the insurance market such as aggressive marketing by other premium finance companies or the emergence of new premium finance companies. Many insurance companies offer payment plans in house or through affiliates.  This practice could increase. Such an event would reduce the market share of all independent premium finance companies and would have a negative effect on our company.




14



 


Insurance Company Insolvency may cause us losses.


Insurance companies, although closely regulated by the various states, can also fail.  When an insurance company fails, we may have significant exposure. Such an event would put us at considerable risk.  Although most insurance companies are covered through a guarantee fund, there may be a lengthy delay in recovering these funds, and all funds due us may not be recovered. Such an event would have a negative effect on cash flow. In the event of insurance company failure of a carrier not covered under such guarantee fund, our exposure will be much greater. There are rating services that evaluate the financial condition and stability of insurance companies.  We use these to help us lower our risks.  However, conditions for any insurance company can change rapidly and the rating services we use may not give us sufficient warning of any changes.  In such an event, our risk factor could be increased.


We may experience cash flow problems due to delays in receiving proceeds from our bank loan or premium finance loan documentation.


We issue drafts on our bank account to fund new premium finance loans. These Drafts clear our bank on a daily basis. To meet this funding need, we draw funds on our revolving credit line with our senior lender on a regular basis.  Should the senior lender be unable to fund us in a timely fashion, we would have difficulty in funding these drafts. Failure on our part to cover all or part of these drafts could result in cancellation or non-issuance of an insurance policy for which we may be liable. Further, if drafts fail to clear our bank it may jeopardize our relationships with insurance agents and insurance companies, adversely affecting our ability to conduct business in the future. Insurance agents that do business with our Company have the authority to issue drafts on our bank account to pay a portion of the insured’s premium.  We review these drafts daily to make certain they are all paid to and cashed by proper parties.  Improper items can be returned to the bank and will not be honored. Under normal circumstances, we receive the finance agreement before the draft is presented to our bank.  Frequently however, the draft is presented to our bank before we receive the finance agreement. Since we cannot draw on our revolving credit line without first presenting the loan agreement, this may cause a cash flow problem for us. Such an event temporarily causes us to, in effect use funds for which no loans have been secured.  Such an event can reduce our profitability and increase risk to the Company. In the event that a draft has not been cashed for an undue period of time, we may have a liability for the draft, and the insured may have no coverage.  


Business Interruption from natural disasters, including hurricanes and pandemics.


In the event of a natural disaster or other occurrence beyond our control, we may be unable to conduct our normal course of business that could cause temporary or permanent harm to the Company due to loss of customers, increased defaults on our premium finance loans or interruptions to our operations.


Insurance Company Concentration


To reduce our exposure, we try to limit the amount of financing we do for any one insurance company. In fact, the senior lender providing our revolving credit line has placed certain limits on the percentage of our business that can be financed with any one insurance company. Although we endeavor to keep our concentration within the limits authorized by our senior lender, this is not always possible.  Market conditions may cause fluctuations in our concentration, creating a disproportionate exposure with one or several insurance companies. Such an event could increase our risks.


Our dependance on Insurance Agents may expose us to losses.


We are continually adding new insurance agents to our customer base. Each new agent is screened by us to verify that he or she is licensed and is in good standing with state authorities. In addition, we attempt to gather as much information as possible to assist us in evaluating prospective customers. The risk of doing business with a new agent is significantly greater than that of doing business with an agent with whom we have established a business history.


Liability Arising from Wrongful Cancellation of an Insurance Policy


Through the normal course of business, we cancel many insurance policies for non-payment. If, in the event we cancel an insurance policy in error, we could be deemed liable for claims that would normally be paid by the insurance carrier. Such claims, and resultant damages could be significant. Although we carry professional liability insurance to cover such instances, certain provisions could prevent us from recovering all or part of our claim.




15



 


ITEM 2.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION.


INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT


The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Our discussion includes forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


Overview


We are an insurance premium financing company, specializing primarily in commercial policies. We make it efficient for companies to access financing for insurance premiums. Enabled by our network of marketing representatives and relationships with insurance agents, we provide a value-driven, customer-focused lending service.


We have offered premium financing since 1991 through our wholly owned subsidiary, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. We are generally targeting premium financing loans from $1,000 to $15,000, with repayment terms ranging from 6 to 10 months, although we may offer larger loans in cases we deem appropriate. Qualified customers may have multiple financings with us concurrently, which we believe provides opportunities for repeat business, as well as increased value to our customers.


We originate loans primarily in Florida, although we operate in several states. Over the past three years, the Company has expanded its operations, and currently is financing insurance premiums in Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee and Arizona. We intend to continue to expand our market into new states as part of our organic growth trend. Loans are originated primarily through a network of insurance agents solicited by our in-house sales team and marketing representatives.


We generate the majority of our revenue through interest income and the associated fees earned from our loan products. We earn interest based on the “rule of 78” and earn other associated fees as applicable to each loan. These fees include, but are not limited to, a one-time finance charge, late fees, and NSF fees. Our company charges interest to its customers solely by the Rule of 78. Charging interest per the Rule of 78 is the industry standard among premium finance loans. The Rule of 78 is a method to calculate the amount of principal and interest paid by each payment on a loan with equal monthly payments.  The Rule of 78 is a permissible method of calculating interest in the states in which we operate. The Rule of 78 recognizes greater amounts of interest income during the first months of the loan, while decreasing interest income during the final months of the loan. Whenever a loan is repaid prior to full maturity, the Rule of 78 methodology is applied and the borrower is refunded accordingly.


We rely on a diversified set of funding sources for the loans we make to our customers. Our primary source of financing has historically been a line of credit at a financial institution collateralized by our loan receivables. We receive additional funding from unsecured subordinate noteholders that pays monthly interest to the investors. We have also used proceeds from operating cash flow to fund loans in the past and continue to finance a portion of our outstanding loans with these funds. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional information regarding our financing strategy.


The Company’s main source of funding is its line of credit, which represented approximately 65% ($27,407,667) of its capital as of September 30, 2020. This line of credit was replaced with a new lender, First Horizon Bank, on February 3, 2021. As of September 30, 2020, the Company’s subordinated notes payable represented approximately 20% ($8,372,465) of the Company’s capital, operating liabilities provide approximately 6% ($2,549,653) of the Company’s capital, preferred equity provides approximately 2% ($990,000) of the Company’s capital, the PPP loan represents approximately 1% ($271,000) of the Company’s capital, and equity in retained earnings and common paid-in capital represents the remaining 6% ($2,485,499) of the Company’s capital structure.




16



 


Key Financial and Operating Metrics


We regularly monitor a series of metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions.


 

 

As of or for the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

(unaudited)

 

 

2019

(unaudited)

 

Gross Revenue

 

$

4,808,709

 

 

$

4,662,026

 

Originations

 

$

69,394,892

 

 

$

66,567,960

 

Interest Earned Rate

 

 

16

%

 

 

16

%

Cost of Funds Rate

 

 

2.74

%

 

 

3.30

%

Reserve Ratio

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

1.67

%

Provision Rate

 

 

0.56

%

 

 

0.59

%

Return on Assets

 

 

1.42

%

 

 

1.07

%

Return on Equity

 

 

23.57

%

 

 

18.58

%

 

 

 

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Gross Revenue

 

$

6,306,956

 

 

$

5,896,475

 

Originations

 

$

88,142,510

 

 

$

80,010,451

 

Interest Earned Rate

 

 

16

%

 

 

16

%

Cost of Funds Rate

 

 

4.38

%

 

 

4.81

%

Reserve Ratio

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

2.34

%

Provision Rate

 

 

1.29

%

 

 

1.09

%

Return on Assets

 

 

1.51

%

 

 

0.91

%

Return on Equity

 

 

24.44

%

 

 

16.69

%

 

Gross Revenue


Gross Revenue represents the sum of interest and finance income, associated fees and other revenue.


Originations


Originations represent the total principal amount of Loans made during the period.


Interest Earned Rate


The Interest Earned Rate is the average annual percentage interest rate earned on new loans.


Cost of Funds Rate


Cost of Funds Rate is calculated as interest expense divided by average debt outstanding for the period, net of the interest related tax benefit.


Reserve Ratio


Reserve Ratio is our allowance for credit losses at the end of the period divided by the total amount of principal outstanding on Loans at the end of the period. It excludes net deferred origination costs and associated fees.




17



 


Provision Rate


Provision Rate equals the provision for credit losses for the period divided by originations for the period. Because we reserve for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio upon origination, this rate is significantly impacted by the expectation of credit losses for the period’s originations volume. This rate is also impacted by changes in loss expectations for contract receivables originated prior to the commencement of the period.


Return on Assets


Return on Assets is calculated as annualized net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the period divided by average total assets for the period.


Return on Equity


Return on Equity is calculated as annualized net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the period divided by average stockholders’ equity attributable to common stockholders for the period.


RESULTS of OPERATIONS


Results of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) Compared to the Nine Months ended September 30. 2019 (unaudited)


Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 3.1% overall or $146,683 to $4,808,709 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $4,662,026 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 4.3% or $161,608 increase in finance charges and a 2.4% or $15,153 increase in late charges, which were partially offset by a 11.3% or $30,078 decrease in revenue from origination fees.  Revenue from finance charges comprised 81.7% of overall revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.


During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the company financed an additional $2,826,932 in new loan originations. This increase was due largely to increased marketing efforts throughout our established states. The Company experienced this growth in spite of the pandemic and does not expect any material decrease in revenue due to the end of the pandemic. The Company benefited from a swift transition to work-from-home during the early months of the COVID pandemic. The Company’s proprietary software allowed the Company to continue operating at full capacity, which gave us a competitive advantage in the first quarter of 2020 in attracting originations that may have otherwise gone to our competitors.


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity generate additional sales. In July 2019, the company finalized negotiations to increase the credit commitment by an additional $2,500,000. However, although the Company saw significant growth throughout 2020, originations were consistently constrained by the $27,500,000 limit on the Company’s line of credit. Management believes that the Company’s growth in revenues would have been higher with more access to capital. See Future Cash Requirements for the Company’s strategy and negotiations regarding its line of credit.


Expense

 

Expenses decreased by 3.3% or $141,279 to $4,179,057 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $4,320,336 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

 

The decrease in expenses was primarily due to decreases in the following categories:

 

 

·

 $132,276 decrease in interest expense as a result of a reduction in the line of credit interest rate. Despite the increase in borrowings on the line of credit of $384,709, an increase of 1.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 over the nine months ended September 30, 2019, interest expense decreased by $132,276, a decrease of 9.3% over the same period. This is the result of a significant reduction in the 30-day LIBOR rate used in calculating the Company’s interest on the line of credit during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, thus greatly reducing the cost of funds.



18



 




 

·

 $66,669 decrease in professional fees primarily related to an accrual of audit fees for an anticipated bank audit during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As the bank audit did not occur, the expenses were reversed by year-end 2019.

 

·

$35,767 decrease in other operating expenses primarily as a result of a decrease in business travel of $42,600, and a decrease in convention expenses of $27,799 partially offset by an increase in stock option expense of $20,224 and an increase in warrant expense of $27,200 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and.

 

·

$26,897 decrease in commissions as a result of the size and quantity of contracts written. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to September 30, 2019, there was a decrease of 1,530 loans written, although gross originations increased by $2,826,932. Agents generally get a minimum base commission per contract, thus commissions tend to decrease when fewer contracts are written, even at larger financed amounts.


The foregoing decreases were partially offset by increases in the following categories:


 

·

$113,710 increase in salaries and wages primarily as a result of the hiring of additional staff, and

 

·

 $11,115 increase in insurance expense as a result of the additional cost of providing insurance to additional staff.


Net Income before Taxes


Net Income before taxes increased by $287,962 to $629,652 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $341,690 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). This increase was attributable to the net increases and decreases as discussed above.

Income Tax Provision


Income tax provision increased $155,009 to $157,620 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $2,611 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).  This increase was primarily attributable to current tax laws that allowed the Company to take advantage of accelerated deduction of expenses paid during 2019 that were not available to the Company in 2020.


Net Income

 

Net Income increased by $132,953 to $472,032 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $339,079 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). This increase was attributable to the $287,962 increase in income before taxes related to increased business activity partially offset by the increase in the provision for income taxes of $155,009.


Comparison of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

We used $962,094 of cash in our operating activities in 2020 compared to $5,329,640 used in 2019. The decrease in cash used of $4,367,546 was primarily due to a $4,207,108 decrease of cash used to support working capital components and a $160,438 increase of net income as adjusted for noncash items.  


The $4,207,108 decrease of cash used to support working capital components was primarily due to a $4,272,406 decrease in the change in premium finance contracts, and a $127,793 increase in the change in accounts payable and accrued expenses, partially offset by a $203,777 decrease in the change in drafts payable. These are natural fluctuations in operating accounts that occur during the normal course of business. The Company expects net cash outflows from operations during periods of growth. In 2019, the change in premium finance contracts was significantly larger as the Company grew to the full utilization of the line of credit. As discussed in the Revenues and Future Cash Requirements section, although the Company was able to continue to grow in 2020, the Company was effectively constrained by the limit of its line of credit agreement. The reduction in cash used to support working capital components was primarily related to curtailing the growth to stay within the maximum of the Company’s line of credit.




19



 


The $160,438 increase of cash from net earnings as adjusted by noncash items resulted primarily from an $132,953 increase in net income and $47,424 increase in noncash equity compensation, partially offset by a $18,444 decrease in bad debt expense.


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

We used $39,483 of cash in our investing activities in 2020 compared to $213,703 in cash used in 2019. The decrease in cash used of $174,220 is due primarily to a decrease in the repayment of loans on the life insurance policy of $289,402 which was partially offset by $123,226 decrease in the repayment of loans receivable – related party.  To assist in lowering its overall cost of funds, as of September 30, 2019, the Company fully repaid the higher interest rate loan on the life insurance policy with available funds from the bank’s line of credit. This repayment, in turn, increased the cash surrender value of the life insurance policy. We also aggressively reduced related party loans throughout 2019 in preparation of registering with the SEC. In 2020, the company has no remaining loans receivable – related party.


Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

We provided $1,010,196 of cash from our financing activities in 2020 compared to $5,478,714 provided in 2019. The decrease in funds provided of $4,468,518 is due primarily to a decrease in proceeds from the line of credit of $4,867,133, a decrease in proceeds from notes payable – others of $139,682, and an increase in repayments of notes payable – others of $70,000. These were partially offset by $320,000 proceeds from the sale of Series A convertible preferred stock and $271,000 of proceeds from the PPP loan. As discussed in the Revenues and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections, in 2019, the Company was limited in the amounts it could draw from its line of credit, due to reaching its maximum throughout 2020. The Company utilized this line of credit to increase new sales as well as repay principal on higher interest rate notes. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company paid all outstanding accrued dividends on its preferred stock, with the third-quarter 2020 dividend being paid in October 2020.


Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year ended December 31. 2018


Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 7.0% overall or $410,481 to $6,306,956 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5,896,475 for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 12.3% or $559,132 increase in finance charges and a 3.7% or $12,007 increase in origination fees, which were partially offset by a 15.8% or $160,658 decrease in revenue from late charges.  Revenue from finance charges comprised 81.0% of overall revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.


During the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, the company financed an additional $8,132,059 in new loan originations. This increase was due largely to increased marketing efforts throughout our established states and a new, more favorable credit agreement signed in October 2018. The terms of the new agreement included an increased credit commitment and greater liquidity on receivables, providing the company the opportunity to increase marketing efforts resulting in increased sales. The increase in origination fees was the result of an additional 491 new loans written during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Origination fees are directly related to the number of loans written.


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity generate additional sales. In July 2019, the company finalized negotiations to increase the credit commitment by an additional $2,500,000. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit.




20



 


Expense

 

Expenses increased by 5.4% or $293,539 to $5,690,297 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5,396,758 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The increase in expenses was primarily due to increases in the following categories:

 

 

·

 $169,243 increase in bad debts as a result of management’s decision to take a conservative approach in maintaining the allowance for doubtful accounts, by eliminating older, marginal receivables, rather than hold the accounts while they await collection. The company will book these expected future collections as recoveries on bad debt,

 

·

$136,191 increase in commissions as a result of the increase in sales. Commissions are a necessary acquisition cost to obtain new sales,

 

·

$73,658 increase in other operating expenses primarily as a result of an increase in business travel of $20,084, an increase of $18,977 in bank fees, an increase of $16,000 in profit sharing expenses, and an increase in computer programming fees of $11,170 for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

·

$59,247 increase in salaries and wages as a result of wage raises and bonuses given to customer service staff, and


The foregoing increases were partially offset by decreases in the following categories:


 

·

 $122,014 decrease in professional fees as a result of the elimination of fees related to previously outsourced finance software. The Company integrated its proprietary software in late 2018 leading to lower overall software costs,

 

·

$15,046 decrease in interest expense as a result of a reduction in the line of credit interest rate. Despite the increase in borrowings on the line of credit of $5,251,841, an increase of 24.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 over the year ended December 31, 2018, interest expense decreased by $15,046, a decrease of 0.8% over the same period. This is a result of the Company’s ability to negotiate a reduction in the interest rate on the line of credit from 30-day LIBOR + 3.50% to 30-day LIBOR + 2.75% for December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, thus greatly reducing the cost of funds.

 

·

 $7,339 decrease in insurance expense as a result of the company’s ability to negotiate a new comprehensive insurance plan with a major medical provider.


Net Income before Taxes


Net Income before taxes increased by $116,942 to $616,659 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $499,717 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was attributable to the net increases and decreases as discussed above.

Income Tax Provision


Income tax provision decreased $138,006 to $2,611 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $140,617 for the year ended December 31, 2018.  This decrease was primarily attributable to current tax laws that allowed the Company to take advantage of accelerated deduction of expenses paid during 2018 and carried forward to the 2019 tax year.


Net Income

 

Net Income increased by $254,948 to $614,048 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $359,100 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was attributable to a decrease in income tax provision of $138,006 related to the application of income tax credits and the $116,942 increase in income before taxes related to increased business activity.


Comparison of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

We used $4,602,023 of cash in our operating activities in 2019 compared to $381,513 used in 2018. The increase in cash used of $4,250,302 was primarily due to a $4,642,997 increase of cash used to support working capital components partially offset by a $392,695 increase of net earnings as adjusted for noncash items.  




21



 


The $4,250,302 increase of cash used to support working capital components was primarily the due to a $3,754,498 increase in the change in premium finance contracts, a $640,061 decrease in the change in drafts payable, .  These are natural fluctuations in operating accounts that occur during the normal course of business. The large increase in cash used to support working capital, especially in the aforementioned accounts, is expected during a period of growth.


The $392,695 decrease of cash for net earnings as adjusted by noncash items resulted primarily from an $254,947 increase in net income and a $169,243 increase in bad debt expense.  As discussed in the Expenses section, bad debts increased because of management’s decision to take a conservative approach in maintaining the allowance for doubtful accounts, by eliminating older, marginal receivables, rather than hold the accounts while they await collection. The company will book any future collections on these write-offs as recoveries on bad debt.


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

We used $246,711 of cash in our investing activities in 2019 compared to $194,695 in cash used in 2018. The increase in cash used of $56,016 is due primarily to repaying loans on the life insurance policy of $328,342 which was partially offset by $75,331 decrease in the issuance of loans receivable - related party and 94,726 of repayment of loans receivable – related party.  To assist in lowering its overall cost of funds, as of December 31, 2019, the Company fully repaid the higher interest rate loan on the life insurance policy with available funds from the bank’s line of credit. This repayment, in turn, increased the cash surrender value of the life insurance policy. We also aggressively reduced related party loans throughout 2019 in preparation of registering with the SEC.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

We received $5,116,776 of cash in our financing activities in 2019 compared to $14,163 used in 2018. The increase in funds provided of $5,130,939 is due primarily to expansion of the line of credit compared to the prior period by $6,452,656. The funds provided were primarily offset by $933,970 of fewer issuances of notes payable – related parties, $132,900 of fewer issuances of notes payable – other, $214,200 of increased repayments on notes payable – other, and $94,147 paid in dividends. The dividends payments included $30,900 for 2019 dividends and $63,247 for prior year accruals. As discussed in the Revenues and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections, the Company secured a new line of credit with more favorable terms, including greater fund availability. The Company utilized this line of credit to increase new sales as well as repay principal on higher interest rate notes. As of December 31, 2019, the Company paid all outstanding accrued dividends on its preferred stock, with the fourth-quarter 2019 dividend being paid in January 2020.


LIQUIDITY and CAPITAL RESOURCES as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

 

We had $354,226 cash and a working capital surplus of $9,262,454 at September 30, 2020 (unaudited). A significant working capital surplus is generally expected through the normal course of business due primarily to the difference between the balance in loan receivables and the related line of credit liability. As discussed in the Revenues section, the Company’s line of credit is currently the primary source of operating funds. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had secured a $27,500,000 line of credit, which initially expired in October 2021. The Company received an extension on this line of credit until February 2021 due to ongoing negotiations to increase the line to $35,000,000 through a syndication with its current lender or a new prospective lender. In February 2021, the Company entered into a contract with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit. The terms of the new line of credit are generally more favorable than the previous line of credit, including an interest rate based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.85% with a minimum rate of 3.35%. The expiring line of credit has an interest rate based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.75% with a minimum rate of 3.75%. The Company believes that the interest rate will be based on the minimum rate for the term of the line of credit, which will lead to savings on interest expense over the term of the deal. Based on our estimates and taking into account the risks and uncertainties of our plans, we believe that we will have adequate liquidity to finance and operate our businesses and repay our obligations as they become due for at least the next 12 months.


In April 2020, the Company received a $271,000 loan through the PPP program with the Small Business Administration. The Company proudly applied 100% of the proceeds of the loan to its main purpose of keeping their staff employed at the same level as before the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company maintained the same level of employment throughout 2020 with support from the PPP loan. As the Company used the proceeds of the loan on forgivable expenses, i.e. company payroll, the Company expects the loan to be fully forgiven. The Company applied for loan forgiveness in September 2020 and awaits a response from the SBA and the Company’s bank who facilitated the loan.




22



 


On December 31, 2020, the Company terminated a private placement memorandum for the sale of additional equity. Through this private placement, the Company raised $990,000. The additional equity can be further leveraged to negotiate increases on the line of credit, as well as seek out additional funding sources. The Company plans on using any surplus capital to fund a long-term merger and acquisition (roll-up) strategy.


Future Cash Requirements


As the Company anticipates its growth patterns to continue, a larger line of credit is paramount to fueling this growth. Throughout 2020, the Company has been curtailing its business prospects due to reaching its maximum on its current line of credit. As the main and cheapest source of funds, the current bank’s inability to increase the line without a syndicated deal has restrained the Company’s growth potential in 2020. By securing a larger line of credit, the company can satisfy the cash requirements anticipated by its future growth, rather than staying at the current sales level constrained by its expiring line of credit. Coinciding with these goals, in February 2021, the Company entered into a contract with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit.


Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources


We require cash to fund our operating expenses and working capital requirements, including costs associated with our premium finance loans, capital expenditures, debt repayments, acquisitions (if any), pursuing market expansion, supporting sales and marketing activities, and other general corporate purposes. While we believe we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to fund our operations and repay our debt, we may elect to pursue additional financing activities such as refinancing or expanding existing debt or pursuing other debt or equity offerings to provide flexibility with our cash management and provide capital for potential acquisitions.


Off-balance Sheet Arrangements


None.


Contractual Obligations


As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was contractually obligated as follows:


 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1 – 3 Years

 

 

3 – 5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Line of credit

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

 

8,372,465

 

 

 

1,932,983

 

 

 

4,158,222

 

 

 

2,281,260

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

120,138

 

 

 

57,801

 

 

 

62,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

 

271,000

 

 

 

15,022

 

 

 

255,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

36,171,270

 

 

$

29,413,273

 

 

$

4,476,537

 

 

$

2,281,260

 

 

$

 


As of December 31, 2019, the Company was contractually obligated as follows:


 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1 – 3 Years

 

 

3 – 5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Line of credit

 

$

26,885,261

 

 

$

26,885,261

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

 

8,032,465

 

 

 

1,810,976

 

 

 

5,569,629

 

 

 

651,860

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

221,884

 

 

 

109,447

 

 

 

87,885

 

 

 

24,552

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

35,139,610

 

 

$

28,813,832

 

 

$

5,649,366

 

 

$

676,412

 

 

$

 




23



 


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES


We consider the following to be our most critical accounting policy because it involves critical accounting estimates and a significant degree of management judgment:


Allowance for premium finance contract receivable losses


We are subject to the risk of loss associated with our borrowers’ inability to fulfill their payment obligations, the risk that we will not collect sufficient unearned premium refunds on the cancelled policies on the defaulted loans to fully cover the unpaid loan principal and the risk that payments due us from insurance agents and brokers will not be paid.


The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherent in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts past due over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses are approximately 1% to 1.5% of the principal amount of loans made each year. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.


ITEM 3.

PROPERTIES


The corporate headquarters of the Company are located at 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, Florida 33186. We lease our general office space at this location. The lease expires on February 28, 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our operations and their locations allow us to efficiently serve our customers.


ITEM 4.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2020 by (i) each stockholder who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of any class of the Company’s voting securities, (ii) each current director of the Company, (iii) each of the Company’s current executive officers, and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, the listed stockholders hold sole voting and investment power over their respective shares. The information as to each person or entity is based upon the Company’s records and information provided to the Company.


 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Name

 

Number of Shares (a)

 

 

Percent of Class (a)

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Percent of Class

 

William Koppelmann

 

 

905,855

(b)

 

 

23.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bobby Story

 

 

198,000

(c)

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carl C. Hoechner

 

 

196,076

(d)

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Kutner, MD

 

 

191,500

(e)

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

50.5

%

Samuel Konig

 

 

108,000

(f)

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Wall

 

 

103,256

(g)

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Krogol

 

 

96,850

(h)

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chris Perrucci

 

 

91,500

(i)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Leavitt

 

 

91,500

(j)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Howell, MD

 

 

91,500

(k)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Victor Galliano

 

 

29,209

(l)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Mattucci

 

 

25,253

(m)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margaret Ruiz

 

 

22,378

(n)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



24



 





All Officers and Directors as a Group (13 persons)

 

 

2,150,877

 

 

 

56.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders with greater than 5%:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MaryLea Boatwright

 

 

286,748

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC

 

 

275,000

(o)

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory Carey

 

 

190,274

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

——————— 

(a)

A party is deemed to be a beneficial owner of shares that can be acquired by such person within 60 days from December 31, 2020, upon their exercise of options and warrants. Each beneficial owner’s percentage of ownership is determined by assuming that options and warrants that are held by such party (but not those held by any other party) and are exercisable or convertible by such party within 60 days from that date have been so exercised or converted.

(b)

Consists of (i) 805,855 shares owned by Mr. Koppelmann directly, (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 75,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(c)

Consists of (i) 108,000 shares owned by Mr. Story directly, (ii) 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 75,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(d)

Consists of (i) 171,076 shares owned by Mr. Hoechner directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(e)

Consists of (i) 126,500 shares owned by Dr. Kutner directly, (ii) 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(f)

Consists of (i) 83,000 shares owned by Mr. Konig directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(g)

Consists of (i) 78,256 shares owned by Mr. Wall directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(h)

Consists of (i) 41,850 shares issuable upon exercise by Mr. Krogol of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share, (ii) 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and (iii) 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(i)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Perrucci directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(j)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Leavitt directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(k)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Howell directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(l)

Consists of (i) 15,259 shares owned by Mr. Galliano directly and (ii) 13,950 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(m)

Consists of (i) 11,303 shares owned by Mr. Mattucci directly and (ii) 13,950 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(n)

Consists of (i) 17,378 shares owned by Ms. Ruiz directly and (ii) 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(o)

Consists of (i) 35,000 shares owned by Bayshore Corporate Finance directly and (ii) 240,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. Anthony Leavitt has voting and investment power over the shares held by Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. The address of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 215, Miami, FL 33186.


Address of William J. Koppelmann, Carl Christian Hoechner, Mark Kutner, Bobby Story, Samuel Konig, James Wall, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt, Scott Howell, Victor Galliano, Robert Mattucci, Margaret Ruiz, and Brian Krogol is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186. Address of MaryLea Boatwright is 3889 Admiral Drive, Chamblee, GA 30341. Address of Gregory Carey is 820 Salzedo St Apt 402 Coral Gables, FL  33134.




25



 


ITEM 5.  

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


Directors and Executive Officers of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.


The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our current executive officers and directors.


Name

 

Age

 

Position

William Koppelmann

    

57

    

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer

Bobby Story

 

79

 

Chief Financial Officer, Director

Margaret Ruiz

 

58

 

Operations Manager, Secretary

Samuel Konig

 

50

 

Executive Vice President, Director

Brian Krogol

 

32

 

Vice President of Accounting

Victor Galliano

 

56

 

Vice President of Marketing

Robert Mattucci

 

55

 

Vice President of Sales

Scott Howell, MD

 

55

 

Director

Mark E. Kutner, MD

 

60

 

Director

John C. Leavitt, PhD

 

58

 

Director

Christopher Perrucci, ESQ

 

58

 

Director

James Wall

 

72

 

Director

Carl C. Hoechner

 

61

 

Director


Director and Executive Officer Biographies


William Koppelmann – Chairman, Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer.

William Koppelmann has been the Chairman and President of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., since its organization in May 2017 and is a co-founder and has been the President of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, since its inception in 1997. An entrepreneur with more than 30 years’ experience in the insurance premium finance industry, he is proficient in receivables management, capital-raising and debt restructuring. He currently oversees all aspects of the Company's operations. Mr. Koppelmann has served on the board of the Florida Premium Finance Association for more than 15 years. He is the immediate past president, serving in that capacity for three successive terms. Mr. Koppelmann attended Barry University and Miami Dade College, where he completed his Property and Casualty insurance Certification. He is a member of the Florida Association of Insurance Agents, Professional Insurance Agents Association, Latin American Insurance Association and Independent Insurance Agents of Dade County. Bill Koppelmann is Margaret Ruiz’s brother. The Board believes that Mr. Koppelmann provides essential insight and expertise concerning the business, operations and strategies of the Company that is needed for the Board’s oversight and decision-making responsibilities.


Bobby Story – Chief Financial Officer and Director.

Bobby Story has been our Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and a director since May 2017. Since 2015, he has devoted his business activities to assisting our President and CEO in the organizing of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. (SPFH) and reorganization of our wholly owned subsidiary, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. Mr. Story has worked as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), real estate developer, and entrepreneur for many years.  The Board believes that Mr. Story’s experience as a CPA, chief financial officer and entrepreneur aids the Board and management in assessing and managing the finance and accounting issues facing the Company’s operations as well as in assisting the Company in preparing to be a SEC-reporting company.


Margaret Ruiz – Operations Manager and Secretary .

Margaret Ruiz has been our Operations Manager and Secretary since 2017. Since August 2000, she has served as Operations Manager of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. Prior to joining Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation in August 2000, Margaret Ruiz gained nearly 20 years of commercial banking experience with SunTrust Bank from 1980 to 1997 and Office Manager at Professional Therapeutic Alternatives from 1997 to 2000.  Her early career in Human Resources was spent in recruiting and employment matters.  She was responsible for the nonexempt staffing for SunTrust’s 1500 employees. Ruiz is proficient in computer operations, having worked for three years in the bank’s data center, acting as liaison for branch personnel in all aspects of technical issues related to retail banking.  Ms. Ruiz is an integral part of the Company’s management, in charge of the day to day operations and the supervision of 12 staff members.  She oversees the customer service provided to more than 600 agents and agencies throughout the Southeast United States and Texas. Ms. Ruiz is involved in most aspects of audit requirements imposed by the Company’s lender and governing entities, ensuring compliance by administering strict internal control procedures. Most notable of Ms. Ruiz’s recent accomplishments is the successful overhaul of the operating system, converting over 20,000 customer records and implementing new procedures. Margaret Ruiz is Bill Koppelmann’s sister.



26



 


Samuel Konig – Director, Vice President.

Mr. Konig currently serves as a Director and has been the Company’s Executive Vice President working closely with the company in refinancing and business development since 2015. Since 2006 and presently, Mr. Konig advises and services various companies with online and consulting ventures through his company SGK International, LLC, including an online classic car dealership platform. In 2019, Mr. Konig acquired a real estate broker’s license in the State of Florida, which he actively uses with SMK Realty & Investments, LLC. In 2003, Mr. Konig co-founded SMK Capital Partners, LLC and SMK Realty & Investments, LLC, which are active commercial real estate development and sales companies successfully acquiring over 350,000 square feet of prime office building space in Miami for $50 million with commercial condominium sales exceeding $120 million. The Board believes that Mr. Konig’s experience in finance and entrepreneurship assists the Board and management in formulating the Company’s corporate finance strategy and exploring potential growth opportunities.


Brian Krogol – Vice President of Accounting.

Brian Krogol has been our Vice President of Accounting since October 2019. Brian Krogol graduated from the Fisher School of Accounting at the University of Florida with a Master of Accounting (MAcc) in 2011. From 2011-2013, he worked as an auditor with Grant Thornton, an international organization of independent assurance, tax, and advisory firms, gaining audit experience with companies in the health care, manufacturing, distribution, hospitality, restaurant, and financial industries, as well as, experience on 10-Q, 10-K, SOX 404, benefit plan, and IPO engagements for SEC clients, as well as quarter- and year-end engagements for private clients reporting under US GAAP. Mr. Krogol gained recognition for earning the prestigious Elijah Watt Sells award in 2012 for his performance on the Certified Public Accountant examination. Of more than 92,000 candidates who sat for the examination in 2012, only thirty-nine candidates met the criteria for this award. On the tailwind of this award, from 2013-2019, Mr. Krogol operated a private tutoring business, primarily preparing students for the CPA exam, as well as college level accounting, finance, economics, and mathematics courses. During this period, from 2015 to 2018, Mr. Krogol joined Clutch Prep as Lead Business Instructor, designing and maintaining online curriculum, including recording instructional videos for undergraduate level accounting, finance, and economic courses.


Robert Mattucci – Vice President of Sales

Robert Mattucci has been our Vice President of Sales since September 2019 overseeing sales throughout the nation. Originally hired as a marketing representative for the west coast of Florida in 2006, Mr. Mattucci was directly responsible for achieving a 300% growth in sales over a 3-year period in the region. His primary duties involve the recruitment and training of all new sales personnel. After being promoted to National Sales Manager in 2009, Mr. Mattucci developed sales operations in Dallas, Atlanta and Charlotte.


Victor Galliano – Vice President of Marketing

Victor Galliano has been the Vice President of Marketing for Holdings since September 2019 and works for SPFMC since 2008. Victor Galliano has over 25 years of sales experience working in the insurance premium finance industry. In January 2008, Mr. Galliano became regional sales manager for Standard Premium Finance and has been recognized as the lead sales representative every year thereafter. With his vision and efforts, he was able to expand sales statewide. In 2012, he was promoted to VP of Sales for Florida and was responsible for developing and implementing a statewide sales strategy that led to yearly organic growth. During this time, he also helped launch various national sales campaigns and trained junior sales staff members. In addition, Mr. Galliano earned an MBA, with a specialization in accounting, from St. Thomas University in 2001.




27



 


Scott Howell, MD – Director.  

Dr. Scott Howell has served as a Company director since 2017. Dr. Howell is currently a practicing physician for more than 25 years. Dr. Howell is board certified in Family Practice, Preventative Medicine and Public Health and Addiction Medicine. Presently, Dr. Howell advises healthcare organizations with regulatory, product development, reimbursement and financial modeling for multiple healthcare organizations. Dr. Howell is the medical director at the AIDS Healthcare Foundation Chronic Care Special Needs Plan (C-SNP) since 2019 to the present. In 2018, Dr. Howell launched 11.2 Healthcare, Inc. a private healthcare finance consulting organization concentrating on managed care, medical devices and financing of developmental companies.  From 2017 to 2018, Dr. Howell was the Chief Medical Officer at Advantmed, a healthcare analytics and delivery organization. From 2015 to 2017, Dr. Howell was an executive medical director for Heritage Development Organization, for which he participated in national expansion through joint ventures, mergers & acquisitions and by identifying enterprise-wide clinical solutions.  From 2008 to 2015, Dr. Howell was the National Senior Medical Director and Chief Medical Officer for Network and Population Health at Optum Insight, responsible for risk adjustment, quality performance, networks, predictive modeling and clinical consulting, including as the Regional Chief Medical Officer (RCMO) for the Northeast Region of Americhoice, Inc. focusing on the Medicaid and Dual SNP populations.  From 2000 to 2008, Dr. Howell was the Medical Director for Managed Care at the AIDS Healthcare Foundation, the first HIV SNP in the nation, and was responsible for international consulting in Russia, Ukraine, Guatemala, Honduras, and Haiti.  During this period, Dr. Howell was the lead scientific advisor to Management Sciences for Health, the prime contractor for PEPFAR in Haiti.  Dr. Howell has a Master’s in Economics from the University of Miami, a Master’s in Public Health and Tropical Medicine, (MPH&TM) from Tulane University, and a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) from California State University Fresno. Dr. Howell is currently retired from the Air Force after 25 years of service with the rank of Colonel.  His last assignment was with the Office of Secretary of Defense (OSD) at the Department of Defense Inspector General (DoDIG) in Special Plans and Operations (SPO). The Board believes that Dr. Howell extensive experience in management and consulting brings to the Board and management perspective on dealing with governmental regulations and growth of its business.


Mark E. Kutner, MD – Director.

Dr. Mark E. Kutner has been a Director of Holdings since its foundation in 2017. Dr. Mark E. Kutner is a practicing physician who maintains a primary care clinical practice in Miami, Florida, which he began in 1998, and a clinical trials practice begun in 1988. Dr. Kutner is a co-founder and presently the Chairman of the Board of Directors of PrimeHealth Physicians, the largest independent primary care practice in South Florida. Dr. Kutner was the founder and is presently Chief Medical Officer of Suncoast Research Group, a clinical trials company since 1994, which has been engaged in phases, 2, 3 and 4 clinical trials for many of the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world and smaller biotech firms who are constantly developing cutting edge medical technologies. He served on the Board of Directors of Orange ACO, a rapidly growing Medicare ACO from 2015-2018. Dr. Kutner is also the founder and first Medical Director of the sleep laboratory at Baptist Hospital of Miami. He is presently the chairman and founding member of Physicians Health Alliance, a value-based management services organization affiliated with United Healthcare.  Dr. Kutner is also a co-founder and Board member of two Florida property casualty companies, America Traditions, and Modern USA Property Casualty. Other business interests have included a chain of Costa Rican pharmacies, Farmacia Express, which introduced the country to a toll-free telephone number for the order and delivery of prescriptions to the home, and Colombian sleep labs. Dr. Kutner attended CCNY School of Biomedical Education and graduated from SUNY Stony Brook with a Medical Doctor degree.  He completed a residency in Internal Medicine at Northwestern University, and a fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, as well as a fellowship at Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health in Environmental Health Sciences.  He has been board certified in Critical Care Medicine, Internal Medicine, Pulmonary Medicine and Sleep Medicine.  He is affiliated with insurance companies, physicians’ groups, ACOs, hospital groups, and private equity planning the future of healthcare in Florida. The Board believes that Dr. Kutner’s experience as a founder, executive and director of a variety of private companies brings valuable experience to the Board in matters such as organizational structure, corporate strategy, operational performance measurement and improvement and governance.




28



 


John C. Leavitt, PhD – Director.

John C. Leavitt has served as a Company director since 2017. Mr. Leavitt has been employed by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) since July 2016 and is responsible for creating the Task Orders, Schedules (MS-Project 2003), Cost sheets and justification procurement documents including RFP and RFP responses to NASA.  He also monitors and manages multiple projects using PMI-methods and assists in writing technical papers on the projects under his control for NASA publications. As vice president for Altug Consulting from January 2000 to December 2016, Mr. Leavitt researched, wrote, and published white papers for customers, and provided engineering studies, worked on large government contract proposal teams (ICA for the NASA KICS contract) and provided Project Management services to both local and internationally recognized companies such as MASTEC, Yang Engineering, American Access Technologies, and TEK-Systems (for Verizon). Mr. Leavitt is a Certified Project Management Professional (“PMP”) with more than 22 years of management, technical, and engineering experience in government DOD, NASA, Commercial RF Systems, SATCOM & telecommunications. Mr. Leavitt graduated magna cum laude with a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the University of Central Florida, and earned his MBA, and doctorate in Business Administration specializing in Information Systems Management at Walden University. The Board believes that Mr. Leavitt’s experience in project management and government contracting assists the Board and management in strategic planning and managing for growth.


Christopher Perrucci, Esq, - Director.

Christopher Perrucci has served as a Company director since 2017. Mr. Perrucci has been a licensed attorney in Ohio since 1985 and has over 33 years of legal and business experience focused on contracts, information systems and services, and business management. Currently, Mr. Perrucci engages in the following principal occupations and organizations: C R Perrucci Co., LPA, Law Firm as a Managing Attorney since 2015; SOI Online, LLC, Online Information Company as the President/CEO since 2015 and Max Technologies, LLC, Probation/Parole Monitoring as the President/CEO since 2015. In 2002, Mr. Perrucci founded SOI Online, which provides a retail online service for criminal background checks, OnlineCriminalChecks.com, which he still operates today as the President. Prior to these engagements, Mr. Perrucci had several notable business successes. In 2012, he founded and operated Max Technologies, a unique technology-based monitoring system to assist Ohio Courts and Probation Departments, Ohio parolee supervision and warrant tracking. Mr. Perrucci spent four years with Database Technologies from June 1996 to December 1999, where he served as Vice President and Director of Business Development, responsible for data acquisition, product and database development, and new business development. He assisted the company with its transition to DBT Online and its IPO listing on the NYSE. Prior to that, Mr. Perrucci spent 10 years in product and systems development, licensing, and data acquisition for Lexis-Nexis, the largest legal information company in the world.  Mr. Perrucci also served as President of Intellicorp for four years from January 2000 to April 2004, growing the business from $200k and two employees into $4m and 25 employees. He recently completed the acquisition of North Carolina Information Data, Inc., an online provider of retail and wholesale information services to lawyers, bondsman, and general businesses. Mr. Perrucci was born and raised in Indiana and earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Legal Administration from Ball State University in 1982 and a law degree from the University of Dayton, School of Law in 1985. The Board believes that Mr. Perrucci’s experience in information systems aids the Board and management in overseeing the Company’s information technology functions.


James Wall – Director.

James Wall has served as a director of Holdings since 2017 and has been a director on the Board of the Company's Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation subsidiary since 2004. Mr. Wall was instrumental in the Board of Directors agreeing to change Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation from a sub chapter "S" corporation to a "C" corporation so that a holding company could be created. In 2005, Mr. Wall retired from a career as a commercial airline pilot where he worked for American Airlines from 1989 until 2005. Notably, he gained industry experience as a commercial loan credit analyst during a furlough period with Eastern Airlines, where he was a commercial pilot for Eastern Airlines from 1973 until its bankruptcy in 1989, also working two years for Atlantic Bank. Mr. Wall joined the United States Navy as a pilot in 1973 and remaining in the Naval Reserve until 1988 when he retired at the rank of Captain. Mr. Wall earned a bachelor’s degree from Wake Forest University, and an MBA from the University of North Florida. The Board believes that Mr. Wall’s long-term service as a director of the Company’s subsidiary provides essential insight into the Company’s operations as well as institutional memory that benefits the entire Board as well as management.




29



 


Carl C. Hoechner – Director.

Carl C. Hoechner has served as a Director for Holdings since its inception in 2017. Mr. Hoechner invested capital in Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation in 2011 and has served as a member of its Board of Directors since 2011. As such, Mr. Hoechner has assisted in to raising several million dollars in Subordinated Notes from many investors. Mr. Hoechner is also an entrepreneur in tourism and real estate. Since 2000 and presently, he has owned and operated the C.L. Hoechner Overseas Tours, Inc. with most of its operations remaining in Europe. He also actively continues his career as a real estate developer, remodeling and selling properties to multinational and foreign investors. Mr. Hoechner was born in the US (Florida), but raised in Oberammergau, DE, Carl Hoechner studied and received the equivalent of a BS in Economics and Tourism from Industry and Trade Chamber of Munich, located in Munich Germany. As a multinational entrepreneur, Mr. Hoechner moved back to the US in 2001, and made his primary residence in Miami, Florida. The Board believes that Mr. Hoechner’s experience as lead investor in the Company’s subordinated notes provides the Board and management with insight into the interests and concerns of the Company’s investors.


ITEM 6.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Overview and Objectives


We believe our success depends on the continued contributions of our named executive officers. We have established our executive compensation program to attract, motivate, and retain our key employees in order to enable us to maximize our profitability and value over the long term. Our policies are also intended to support the achievement of our strategic objectives by aligning the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders through operational and financial performance goals and equity-based compensation. We expect that our compensation program will continue to be focused on building long-term shareholder value by attracting, motivating and retaining talented, experienced executives and other key employees. Currently, our Principal Executive Officer oversees the compensation programs for our executive officers.


Summary Compensation Table


The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers serving during fiscal 2020 (the “named executive officers”)


Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($) (1)

 

Bonus
($) (2)

 

Option
Awards
($) (3)

 

Warrant
Awards
($) (4)

 

Total
($)

William Koppelmann,

Chief Executive Officer

   

2020

   

164,202

   

2,537

   

0

   

2,100

   

168,839

 

2019

 

161,611

 

2,029

 

0

 

0

 

163,640

Bobby Story

Chief Financial Officer

 

2020

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,500

 

1,500

 

2019

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

Victor Galliano
Vice President of Sales

 

2020

 

146,378

 

1,014

 

10,323

 

0

 

157,715

 

2019

 

150,431

 

1,015

 

0

 

0

 

151,446

Robert Mattucci
Vice President of Marketing

 

2020

 

136,173

 

2,707

 

10,323

 

0

 

149,203

 

2019

 

131,611

 

2,707

 

0

 

0

 

134,318

———————

(1)

Salary and Commissions paid through payroll

(2)

Cash bonuses paid through payroll

(3)

Fair Value of Option Awards at Grant Date. See Note 11 to the Company’s Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 for details on determination of fair value of Stock Options. This amount is calculated assuming that the vesting condition requiring continued employment through March 1, 2022 will be achieved.

(4)

Fair Value of Warrant Awards at Grant Date. See Note 11 to the Company’s Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 for details on determination of fair value of Stock Warrants.




30



 


Outstanding Equity Awards Table

 

The following table sets forth outstanding equity awards for our named executive officers at December 31, 2020.  

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

 

Name

  (a)

  

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
warrants (#)
exercisable
(b)

  

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
warrants (#)
not exercisable
(c)

  

Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
(d)

  

Option/warrant
exercise price
($ weighted
average)
(e)

  

Option/warrant
expiration date
(f)

William Koppelmann

 

100,000

 

 

 

$10.00

 

March 31, 2025

Bobby Story

 

90,000

 

 

 

$10.67

 

March 31, 2025

Victor Galliano

 

 

 

27,900

 

$0.80

 

February 28, 2030

Robert Mattucci

 

 

 

27,900

 

$0.80

 

February 28, 2030


Director Compensation in 2020


Our Board of Directors believes that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to the future value growth and governance of our company. Our Board of Directors also believes that a significant portion of the total compensation package for our directors should be equity-based to align the interest of our directors with our stockholders. In April 2020, the Company issued to its non-employee directors for 2020:


·

Dr. Mark Kutner, 15,000 Class W4 Warrants for the purchase of common stock for $4.00 per share and 50,000 Class W12 Warrants for the purchase of common stock for $12.00 per share with a total fair value at the grant date of $1,300, and

·

Mr. Samuel Konig, Mr. Carl C. Hoechner, Mr. James Wall, Mr. Christopher Perrucci, Mr. John Leavitt, and Dr. Scott Howell, each 25,000 Class W12 Warrants for the purchase of common stock for $12.00 per share with a total fair value at the grant date of $200 to each of these directors.


These amounts represent the Fair Value of Warrant Awards at Grant Date. See Note 11 to the Company’s Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 for details on determination of fair value of Stock Warrants. The Warrants have a term of five (5) years and have a cashless exercise provision.


ITEM 7.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.


In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into transactions with our directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders.


Creation of Holding Company


In March 2017, the Company entered into an agreement of share exchange with Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“Management”) and the shareholders of Management to facilitate the formation of the Company, which acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Management in exchange for newly issued shares of Company common stock. Each outstanding share of Management common stock was issued 28.4 shares of Company common stock in the share exchange. As a result, Management became the 100% directly-owned subsidiary of the Company.


Agreement with Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC


In July 2016, the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with Biscayne Corporate Finance, LLC to facilitate the Company’s business strategy and planning and to advise the Company in financial, mergers and acquisitions and other matters. Company directors Scott Howell, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt and Samuel Konig were managers of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC at the execution of this consulting agreement. In December 2019, these directors retired and were removed as managers of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. They had no ownership interest in Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. The Company paid Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC $27,500 in 2019 and $67,827 in 2020. Additionally, on April 1, 2020, the Company issued Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC 240,000 Class W4 Warrants for the purchase of common stock at $4.00 per share with a total fair value of $14,400 at the grant date. The Warrants have a term of five (5) years and have a cashless exercise provision.




31



 


Lease Agreement with Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC


The Company’s headquarter office in Miami, Florida is an office condominium owned by Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC. Director and Officer William Koppelmann, Secretary Margaret Ruiz and over 5% shareholder MaryLea Boatwright are the owners and managers of Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC. The Company pays Marlenko rent of $7,450 per month for the facility and pays utilities, taxes and maintenance on the facilities.


Loans to the Company by Officers and Directors


There are six directors and/or officers that have made loans to the company.  Our CEO, William Koppelmann has advanced loans to the corporation through various notes totaling $227,000, maturing between 2022 and 2024, at interest of 8%.  Mr. James Wall, director, has made advances of $133,000 that matures on June 30, 2021, at interest of 8%.  Mr. Carl Christian Hoechner, director, has made advances of $37,000 that maturing in 2021 and 2024, at interest of 8%. Mr. Robert Mattucci, Vice President, has made advances of $120,000, maturing in 2022 and 2024, at interest of 8%. Ms. Margaret Ruiz, Secretary, has made advances of $10,000, maturing on May 31, 2021, at interest of 8%. Mr. Brian Krogol, Vice President, has made advances of $50,000, maturing in 2024, at interest of 8%. All interest is paid on a monthly basis, in arrears and the company is current on its payments.


Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons


The Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing related party transactions involving directors, executive officers and shareholders. In addition, our Board is responsible for approving all related party transactions between us and any officer, director or stockholder that would potentially require disclosure. The Company has a Business Ethics and Conduct Policy which requires that any potential conflicts of interest must be reported immediately to the Board of Directors, Chief Executive and the Company’s legal counsel.


Director Independence


The Company’s common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange. Therefore, the Company is not currently subject to director independence requirements. The Company has chosen to measure the independence of its directors under the definition of independence used by The Nasdaq Stock Exchange, LLC.  In determining independence, the Board reviews and seeks to determine whether directors have any material relationship with the Company, direct or indirect, which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Board reviews business, professional, charitable and familial relationships of the directors in determining independence. Under such definition, the board of directors has determined that Carl Hoechner, Mark Kutner, MD, Samuel Konig, James Wall, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt, and Scott Howell, MD, are independent directors.


ITEM 8.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.


The Company becomes involved in various legal proceedings and claims in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings.


ITEM 9.

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.


Market Information


There is no established public trading market for our shares of common stock.  There are 2,905,016 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Of these outstanding shares 1,288,889 shares may be publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144 in unlimited public resales without the need to comply with any other Rule 144 requirements because the shares are held by non-affiliates of the Company who have met the one year holding period requirement. The remaining 1,616,127 shares of our outstanding common stock are considered to be restricted stock which can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 if the stockholder meets the required holding period, public information, the volume limitation requirement of Rule 144(c), the manner of sale requirement of Rule 144(f) and (g) and the notice of sale requirement of Rule 144(h).  As of December 31, 2020, none of the shares of our common stock held by our affiliates are eligible for resale under Rule 144.




32



 


Holders


As of December 31, 2020, we have 50 holders of our outstanding shares of common stock.


Dividends


We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to keep future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid for the foreseeable future. The future dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, expansion plans, financial condition and other relevant factors. 


Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans


As of December 31, 2020 the Company had authorized for issuance stock options and stock warrants for the purchase of the Company’s common stock. The Company authorized 300,000 stock options for the purchase of common stock under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 187,400 were issued on March 1, 2020. The Company authorized 1,000,000 stock warrants, which were issued in two classes. On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 Class W4 warrants for the purchase of common stock with a purchase price of $4.00 per share. On April 1 2020, the Company issued 400,000 Class W12 warrants for the purchase of common stock with a purchase price of $12.00 per share.


ITEM 10.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.


The following provides information concerning all sales of securities which we made within the last three years which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). 


Preferred Stock Offering


Between April 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020, we issued 39,000 shares of Series A Convertible Stock to five accredited investors for $320,000 cash and $70,000 exchanged for an outstanding note payable for a total of $390,000. No broker dealer was involved in the sale of the shares and no commissions or other remuneration was paid in connection with these sales. The shares were issued in a private placement to accredited investors pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. The shareholders who received the forgoing shares signed a subscription agreement acknowledging that the shares were not registered under the Act and could only be sold under a registration or exemption from registration. Each stockholder represented that he or she was an Accredited Investor as defined in SEC Regulation D. Each certificate for such shares contains a restrictive legend concerning the foregoing restrictions on transfer and a stop transfer order has been lodged against such shares. Each investor was offered access to our books and records and the opportunity to ask our officers questions and receive answers concerning the terms and condition of the offering and the Company.


Promissory Note Offering


Since the inception of SPFMC, the Company has relied on promissory notes privately-offered to individual investors as a consistent source of capital for business operations. Since December 31, 2017, the Company has issued 33 new promissory notes with an aggregate principal balance of $2,176,434 to 25 investors. The interest rates on these notes range from 6%-8% with interest paid monthly and a term of one-month to four years. The promissory notes auto-renew for the same term of the note if no written notification of expiration is received from the noteholder by ninety days prior to the original termination date. The Company believes the notes were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. No broker dealer was involved in the sale of the shares and no commissions or other remuneration was paid in connection with these sales.


Additionally, in March 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder, MaryLea Boatwright. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.




33



 


Warrants to Purchase Common Stock


On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. The outstanding warrants were issued on April 1, 2020, to designated Officers, Directors, and consultants with a total fair value of $27,200 on the grant date. The warrants vested immediately.


ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.


General


The Company’s common stock, $.001 par value, is being registered by this Registration Statement on Form-10. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 2,905,016 shares of common stock outstanding, and 99,000 shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of the Company’s capital stock is a summary and is qualified by the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, a copy of which are exhibits to this registration statement. Our shares of common stock were held by 50 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2020.


Common Stock


We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value. The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors then up for election. The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining which are available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the Common Stock. Holders of shares of our Common Stock, as such, have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.


Preferred Stock


Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value, in one or more series and to determine the rights, privileges and limitations of the preferred stock. The rights, preferences, powers and limitations on different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, and purchase funds and other matters. As of the date of this registration statement we have 99,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding.


Description of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


Pursuant to its authority, our board of directors has designated 600,000 shares of the preferred stock that we now have authority to issue as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) of which 99,000 shares have been duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to any sinking fund. We have no obligation to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock has a perpetual maturity and may remain outstanding indefinitely. Any Series A Preferred Stock converted, exchanged or redeemed or acquired by us will, upon cancellation, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of no designated series.


Ranking


The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s junior equity securities, including our common stock.




34



 


Dividends


The Series A Preferred Stock will accrue cumulative dividends at a rate of 7% per annum of the Liquidation Preference ($10.00 per share) whether or not dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds available for the payment of such dividends. Such dividends are in preference to all other classes of stock junior in rank to the Series A Preferred Stock, including our common stock. No dividends may be authorized, declared or paid if an agreement relating to the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company prohibits such dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock.


Conversion


After the Common Stock of the Corporation has been sold in an underwritten public offering or is registered under Section 12 (b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is regularly traded the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange or is regularly quoted and traded on the over-the-counter market (a “Public Equity Event”), the Corporation shall have the right to convert, from time to time, and without payment of additional consideration, any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a conversion price equal to eighty (80%) percent of the average of the closing of bid prices over the last twenty (20) Trading Days as reported by the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing bid price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. registered securities exchange, the last quoted closing bid price for the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market or, if the bid price is not available, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market. Notwithstanding the foregoing the conversion price shall not be less than $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment for specified events.


Prior to a Public Equity Event the Company shall have the right to convert any outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock with the written approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to be so converted, subject to adjustment for specified events.


Adjustment of Conversion Price for Specified Events


The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment for specified events, including stock splits, reclassifications and exchanges, issuance of stock dividends, mergers and certain sales of assets.


Redemption Rights


At any time on or after two (2) years of issuance, the Company may redeem all or any part of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for an amount in cash equal to 107% of the Liquidation Preference of the Series A Preferred Stock plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. Such redemption price is payable in 36 equal monthly installments plus interest at the rate of 7% per annum.  


Liquidation Preference


Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company, whether such assets are capital or surplus, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock to the Liquidation Value the Series A Preferred Stock ($10.00 per share) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any junior securities (including, without limitation, the common stock). Certain mergers or consolidations involving the Company or sales of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company will be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company unless the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock elect not to treat such transactions as liquidation events.

 



35



 


Voting Rights


The Series A Preferred Stock votes together with the Common Stock as a single class with each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to one vote.


Protective Provisions


So long as the shares of Series A Preferred Stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis represent 25% or more of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:


(a) amend, alter, waive, repeal or modify any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect or otherwise impair any of the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of, or applicable to, the Series A Preferred Stock;


(b) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;


(c) alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock; or


(d) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


Blank Check Preferred Stock


The availability of 20,000,000 authorized preferred stock for issuance under our articles of incorporation provides the board of directors with flexibility in addressing corporate issues that may arise. Having these authorized shares available for issuance allows the Company to issue shares of preferred stock without the expense and delay of a special shareholders’ meeting. The authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the Company’s shareholders, with the exception of any actions required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed. The board of directors has the power, subject to applicable law, to issue classes or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the class or series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has designated 600,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 99,000 shares has been issued.


ITEM 12.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (the “Florida Act”) provides that a person who is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action because of service as an officer or director of a corporation is entitled to indemnification of expenses actually and reasonably incurred in such defense.


Section 607.0850(1) and (2) of the Florida Act provides further that the corporation may indemnify an officer or director, and advance expenses, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to a criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.


The Florida Act provides that a court may order indemnification of an officer or director if it determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances. F.S. 607.0850(9).




36



 


Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (Florida Statute) generally permits the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or other agents who are subject to any third-party actions because of their service to the Company if such persons acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. If the proceeding is a criminal one, such person must also have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In addition, the Company may indemnify its directors, officers, employees or other agents who are subject to derivative actions against expenses and amounts paid in settlement which do not exceed, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, including any appeal thereof, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or other agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of a third-party or derivative action, such person will be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. The Florida Statute also permits the Company to further indemnify such persons by other means unless a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that such person’s actions or omissions which were material to the cause of action constitute (1) a crime (unless such person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe it unlawful), (2) a transaction from which he derived an improper personal benefit, (3) an action in violation of Florida Statutes Section 607.0834 (relating to unlawful distributions to shareholders), or (4) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the Company in a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a shareholder.


In addition, Florida Statute Section 607.0831 provides, in general, that no director shall be personally liable for monetary damages to a corporation or any other person for any statement, vote, decision, or failure to act, regarding corporate management or policy, unless (a) the director breached or failed to perform his duties as a director, and (b) the director’s breach of, or failure to perform, those duties constitutes (i) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, (ii) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, either directly or indirectly, (iii) a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Florida Statute Section 607.0834 are applicable, (iv) in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation, or willful misconduct, or (v) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights, safety, or property.


Our Articles of Incorporation and our By-laws provide that the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its officers and directors to the extent that any such person is made a party or threatened to be made a party or called as a witness or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding in connection with his status as an officer or director of the Company. Such indemnification covers all expenses incurred by any officer or director (including attorneys’ fees) and all liabilities and losses (including judgments, fines and amounts to be paid in settlement) incurred thereby in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding.


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or other persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. No pending material litigation or proceeding involving our directors, executive officers, employees or other agents as to which indemnification is being sought exists, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened material litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any of our directors or executive officers.


ITEM 13.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


See Item 15 Financial Statements and Exhibits of this registration statement.


ITEM 14.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


We have had no changes in or disagreements with our accountants.




37



 


ITEM 15.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS & EXHIBITS.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2019 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2018.


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


EXHIBITS.  Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature page hereto, which Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated by reference into this item.




38



 


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

William Koppelmann, President



Date: March 2, 2021




39



 



Exhibit Index


Exhibit Number

 

Description

2.1

     

Agreement of Share Exchange dated as of March 22, 2017 by and between Registrant, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation and the shareholders of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. (1)

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 12, 2016. (1)

3.2

 

Articles of Amendment to Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation filed May 31, 2016. (1)

3.3

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation filed May 17, 2017. (1)

3.4

 

By-laws of Registrant. (1)

10.1*

 

2019 Equity Incentive Plan. (1)

10.2*

 

Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement. (1)

10.3(a)*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. $4.00 (1)

10.3(b)*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. $12.00 (1)

10.4*

 

Schedule of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock issued on April 1, 2020. (1)

10.5*

 

Consulting Agreement dated August 1 , 2016 between Registrant and Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. (2)

10.6

 

Lease Agreement dated March 1, 2018 between Registrant and Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC. (1)

10.7*

 

Schedule of Employee Incentive Stock Options issued on March 1, 2020. (1)

10.8

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated October 5, 2018 between Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation and Woodforest National Bank. (1)

10.9

 

Loan Agreement dated February 3, 2021 among Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation and First Horizon Bank. (2)

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (1)

———————

*

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)

Filed with original Form 10 on January 19, 2021.

(2)

Filed herewith.




40



 


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


Table of Contents


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-3

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-5

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020 AND 2019


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and December 31, 2019

F-20

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-21

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-22

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-23

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

F-24



F-1



 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of:

Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.


Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Basis for Opinion


These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.


Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures including examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also include evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.




/s/ Liggett & Webb, P.A.

LIGGETT & WEBB, P.A.

Certified Public Accountants


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019

Boynton Beach, Florida

June 2, 2020




F-2



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

345,607

 

 

$

77,565

 

Premium finance contracts and related receivable, net

 

 

38,799,374

 

 

 

33,910,763

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

101,039

 

 

 

100,688

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

39,246,020

 

 

 

34,089,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

84,861

 

 

 

104,265

 

RIGHT TO USE ASSET - OPERATING LEASE

 

 

204,873

 

 

 

248,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes receivable - related parties

 

 

 

 

 

324,459

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of policy loan

 

 

475,907

 

 

 

146,816

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

327,000

 

TOTAL OTHER ASSETS

 

 

725,907

 

 

 

798,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

$

35,239,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit, net

 

$

26,823,572

 

 

$

21,489,533

 

Drafts payable

 

 

1,287,696

 

 

 

1,781,609

 

Note payable - current portion

 

 

880,576

 

 

 

1,466,198

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties - current portion

 

 

930,400

 

 

 

185,000

 

Operating lease obligation - current portion

 

 

109,448

 

 

 

106,390

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

833,762

 

 

 

811,282

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

30,865,454

 

 

 

25,840,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

 

 

3,555,030

 

 

 

3,163,426

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,666,459

 

 

 

3,414,759

 

Operating lease obligation - net of current portion

 

 

95,425

 

 

 

141,890

 

TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

6,316,914

 

 

 

6,720,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

37,182,368

 

 

 

32,560,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 20 million shares authorized, 600,000 shares designated as Series A - convertible, 60,000 issued and outstanding at December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized, 3,505,016 and 3,505,016 shares issued and outstanding at December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

3,505

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

2,672,399

 

 

 

2,672,399

 

Retained earnings

 

 

403,329

 

 

 

3,785

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

3,079,293

 

 

 

2,679,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

$

35,239,836

 


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements



F-3



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance charges

 

$

5,108,910

 

 

$

4,549,778

 

Late charges

 

 

857,978

 

 

 

1,018,636

 

Origination fees

 

 

340,068

 

 

 

328,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

6,306,956

 

 

 

5,896,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,905,041

 

 

 

1,920,087

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

1,247,605

 

 

 

1,188,358

 

Commission expense

 

 

833,559

 

 

 

697,368

 

Bad debts

 

 

535,010

 

 

 

365,767

 

Professional fees

 

 

190,592

 

 

 

312,606

 

Postage expense

 

 

126,679

 

 

 

127,080

 

Insurance expense

 

 

152,080

 

 

 

159,419

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

699,731

 

 

 

626,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

5,690,297

 

 

 

5,396,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

616,659

 

 

 

499,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

122,968

 

 

 

140,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

 

493,691

 

 

 

359,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREFFERED SHARE DIVIDENDS

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

451,691

 

 

$

317,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

 

3,505,016

 



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements




F-4



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

(355,315

)

 

$

2,320,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359,100

 

 

 

359,100

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

3,785

 

 

$

2,679,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions (preferred shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94,147

)

 

 

(94,147

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

493,691

 

 

 

493,691

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

403,329

 

 

$

3,079,293

 




See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements




F-5



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Flow

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

493,691

 

 

$

359,100

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET INCOME PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

35,749

 

 

 

37,705

 

Amortization of right to use asset operating lease

 

 

112,206

 

 

 

89,393

 

Provision/recovery for loss on premium finance contracts

 

 

535,010

 

 

 

365,767

 

Gain on sale of property and equipment

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

Provision for loan receivable - related party

 

 

29,792

 

 

 

 

Amortization of loan origination fees

 

 

82,198

 

 

 

130,550

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/Decrease in premium finance contracts

 

 

(5,423,621

)

 

 

(2,238,286

)

(Increase)/Decrease in accounts receivable One Stop

 

 

 

 

 

569,163

 

(Increase)/Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

30,630

 

 

 

(25,044

)

(Increase)/Decrease in deferred tax asset, net

 

 

77,000

 

 

 

36,000

 

Increase/(Decrease) in drafts payable

 

 

(493,913

)

 

 

146,148

 

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

35,441

 

 

 

237,384

 

Increase/(Decrease) in operating lease liability

 

 

(112,206

)

 

 

(89,393

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(4,602,023

)

 

 

(381,513

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(175,331

)

Payments for life insurance policy

 

 

(329,092

)

 

 

(750

)

Repay loans - related parties

 

 

94,726

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(16,345

)

 

 

(18,614

)

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(246,711

)

 

 

(194,695

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

165,100

 

 

 

298,000

 

Repayments of notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

(12,000

)

 

 

(65,500

)

Proceeds/(Repayments) of line of credit

 

 

5,251,841

 

 

 

(1,200,815

)

Dividends distributions paid

 

 

(94,147

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - other

 

 

299,682

 

 

 

1,233,652

 

Repayment of notes payable - other

 

 

(493,700

)

 

 

(279,500

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

5,116,776

 

 

 

(14,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

268,042

 

 

 

(590,371

)

CASH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

 

 

77,565

 

 

 

667,936

 

CASH AT THE END OF THE YEAR

 

$

345,607

 

 

$

77,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

65,511

 

 

$

142,407

 

Interest paid

 

$

1,912,040

 

 

$

1,789,537

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of right to use asset - operating lease

 

$

68,799

 

 

$

337,673

 

Notes receivable offset against notes payable

 

$

156,000

 

 

$

 


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements



F-6



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


1. Principles of Consolidation and Description of Business


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. (“SPFH” or the “Holding”) was incorporated on May 12, 2016, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida. SPFH issued 100,000 shares of common stock to its founder with a fair value of $100 in exchange for services provided.


Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“SPFMC” or the “subsidiary”) was incorporated on April 23, 1991, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, to engage principally in the insurance premium financing business. The Subsidiary is a licensed insurance premium finance company in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Arizona.


On March 22, 2017, SPFH entered into an agreement of share exchange with SPFMC and the shareholders of SPFMC common stock to facilitate the formation of SPFH that will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of SPFMC. The shareholders of SPFMC agreed to exchange SPFMC common stock for newly issued shares of SPFH common stock. For accounting purposes, this transaction is being accounted for as a merger of entities under common control and has been treated as a recapitalization of SPFH with SPFMC as the accounting acquirer. The historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer became the financial statements of the Company. We did not recognize goodwill or any intangible assets in connection with the transaction.


The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPFH and its wholly-owned subsidiary SPFMC. SPFH and its subsidiary are collectively referred to as (“the Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Revenue Recognition

Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable

The Company finances insurance premium on policies for the transportation industry and other commercial enterprises. The term of each contract varies from 3 to 12 monthly payments. Repayment terms are structured such that the contracts will be repaid within the term of the underlying insurance policy, generally less than one year. The contracts are secured by the unearned premium of the insurance carrier which is obligated to pay the Company any unearned premium in the event the insurance policy is cancelled pursuant a power of attorney contained in the finance contract. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the amount of unearned premium on open and cancelled contracts totaled $50,181,557 and $44,844,958, respectively. The annual percentage interest rates on new contracts averaged approximately 16% during both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherit in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.




F-7



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses tend to be relatively small. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.


Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


Furniture and equipment 5 - 7 years

Computer equipment and software 3 - 5 years

Leasehold improvements 10 years


Amortization of Loan Origination Costs

Amortization of loan origination costs is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the loan agreement.


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in valuation of deferred tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts and depreciable lives of property and equipment.


Concentration of Credit and Financial Instrument Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable from customers, agents, and insurance companies. The Company maintains its cash balances at one bank. Accounts at this financial institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. Uninsured balances are approximately $722,694 and $179,484 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company mitigates this risk by maintaining its cash balances at a high-quality financial institution. The following table provides a reconciliation between uninsured balances and cash per the balance sheet:


 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Uninsured Balance

 

$

722,694

 

 

$

179,484

 

Plus: Insured balances

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

Plus: Balances at other institutions that do not exceed FDIC limit

 

 

3,361

 

 

 

122,800

 

Less: Outstanding checks

 

 

(630,448

)

 

 

(474,719

)

Cash per Balance Sheet

 

$

345,607

 

 

$

77,565

 


The Company controls its credit risk in accounts receivable through credit standards, limits on exposure, by monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies, by adhering to statutory cancellation policies, and by monitoring and pursuing collections from past due accounts. We cancel policies at the earliest permissible date allowed by the statutory cancellation regulations.


Approximately 53% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida for both 2019 and 2018. There were no other significant regional, industrial or group concentrations during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

The Company is the owner and beneficiary of a life insurance policy on its president. The cash surrender value relative to the policy in place net of a policy loan of $0 and $291,133, respectively at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $475,907 and $146,816, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred interest expense of $1,405 and $11,008 respectively in connection with this loan, included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.



F-8



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, including finance contract and related receivables, prepaid expenses, drafts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity for these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, the line of credit and long-term debt are based on current rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities and the carrying value approximates fair value.


Income Taxes

Effective January 1, 2017, SPFM elected to change its tax status from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for income tax purposes. In connection with the agreement of share exchange executed on March 22, 2017 (see Note 1), SPFM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPFH, and as a result, SPFH will file a consolidated US income tax return for the years ended 2019 and 2018.


The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.


Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company has no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows were required as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


The SPFM tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2016 thru 2019 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities. SPFM recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. SPFM did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016–10 Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606): identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing. The amendments in this Update do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this Update clarify the following two aspects of Topic 606: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the related principles for those areas. Topic 606 includes implementation guidance on (a) contracts with customers to transfer goods and services in exchange for consideration and (b) determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). The amendments in this Update are intended render more detailed implementation guidance with the expectation to reduce the degree of judgement necessary to comply with Topic 606. There was no material impact associated with its adoption.


In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-09, Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Clarifying share-based payment modification guidance. The amendments in this update clarify when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date, with early adoption permitted. We have adopted the provisions of this ASU effective January 1, 2018. There was no material impact associated with its adoption.




F-9



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable represent monthly payments due on insurance premium finance contracts. The Company finances insurance policies over periods from three months to one year for businesses and consumers who make an initial down payment of, on average, 25 percent of the insurance policy amounts. The entire amount of the contract is recorded including amounts due for finance charges and services charges. These receivables are reported net of unearned interest for financial statements purposes. Amounts due from agents represent balances related to (1) an agent’s unearned commission due to a policy cancellation and (2) down payments collected by the agents on behalf of the insured, which are due to us. Receivables from insurance premium finance contracts cancelled are due from the insurance companies.


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, premium finance contract and agents’ receivable consists of the following:

 

Description

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premium finance contracts outstanding

 

$

36,376,185

 

 

$

31,494,613

 

Insurance premium finance contracts cancelled

 

 

3,433,680

 

 

 

3,535,127

 

 

 

 

39,809,865

 

 

 

35,029,740

 

Amounts due from agents

 

 

951,595

 

 

 

915,770

 

Less: Unearned interest

 

 

(1,176,554

)

 

 

(1,042,594

)

 

 

 

39,584,906

 

 

 

34,902,916

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(785,532

)

 

 

(992,153

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

38,799,374

 

 

$

33,910,763

 

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Allowance for premium finance contracts cancelled

 

$

606,236

 

 

$

802,153

 

Allowance for amounts due from agents

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

 

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Balance, at the beginning of the year

 

$

992,153

 

 

$

1,400,102

 

Current year provision

 

 

1,135,000

 

 

 

875,000

 

Direct write-downs charged against the allowance

 

 

(1,533,449

)

 

 

(1,973,368

)

Recoveries of amounts previously charged off

 

 

191,828

 

 

 

690,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

 

The Company maintains its allowance at gross amounts, which includes allowances for write-offs of unearned revenues. Provisions and write-offs per the footnote table above are displayed at gross amounts, which include provisions and write-offs of unearned revenues. These write-offs are appropriately split between the principal (i.e. bad debt expense) and interest/fee (i.e. contra-revenue) portions on the income statement. The following table shows a reconciliation between the total provision per the footnote and bad debt expense on the income statement:


 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Total Provision per footnote table

 

$

1,135,000

 

 

$

875,000

 

Less: Contra-revenues

 

 

(599,990

)

 

 

(509,233

)

Bad Debt Expense per the Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

$

535,010

 

 

$

365,767

 




F-10



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


4. Property and Equipment, Net


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s property and equipment consists of the following:


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

$

25,507

 

 

$

25,507

 

AUTOMOBILE

 

 

59,076

 

 

 

79,892

 

FURNITURE & FIXTURES

 

 

14,273

 

 

 

13,117

 

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

116,811

 

 

 

109,612

 

COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

 

 

54,241

 

 

 

46,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

269,908

 

 

 

274,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(185,047

)

 

 

(170,114

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

84,861

 

 

$

104,265

 


The Company recorded depreciation expense of $35,749 and $37,705, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


5. Advances to Shareholders, Officers and Directors


The Company has made certain advances to its officers, a creditor, third parties related to the Company through common shareholders, our landlord and an employee, collectively identified as related parties. These advances were not formalized in writing, have no stated maturity, do not be bear interest and are uncollateralized. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $0 and $324,459, respectively.


6. Leases


The Company elected to early adopt the provision of ASU 2016-02, “Leases”. The Company elected the optional transition method and practical expedient to apply the standard as of the adoption date which is January 1, 2018 and therefore, the Company has not applied the standard to the comparative periods presented on the consolidated financial statements. The Company recorded an operating right of use assets and operating lease liability on January 1, 2018 related to our lease agreement for our secure computer facility in Miami, Florida, and our copier equipment, which were already in operation. On March 1, 2018, we recorded an operating right of use assets and operating lease liability on our lease agreement for our office facility in Miami Florida. The previous office lease was not included in the adoption as it was terminated on February 28, 2018.


Office lease – On March 1, 2018, the Company entered into a two (2) year lease for an office facility located in Miami Florida with an entity controlled by our CEO and related parties. The lease has a one-time renewal option for one year which management is reasonably certain will be exercised. The lease is $7,450 per month and expires in February 2021, including the renewal option.




F-11



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


6. Leases (continued)


Secure facility lease – On September 11, 2017, the Company entered into a five (5) year lease for a secure facility located in Miami Florida. The lease has a no renewal option. The lease is $1,233 per month and expires in August 2022.


Copier lease – On February 5, 2015, the Company entered into a sixty-three (63) month lease for copier equipment. The lease has no renewal option. The lease is $1,057 per month and expires in June 2020. On October 14, 2019 the foregoing copier lease was replaced with a new copier lease. The right to use asset and lease liability at inception on the replacement copier lease was $68,799. The replacement copier lease is $1,116 per month and expires October 14, 2024 with a one year renewal option which the Company expects to exercise.


Operating right of use assets and operating lease liabilities of $337,673 were recognized at the adoption date. Operating lease liability represents the present value of lease payments not yet paid. Operating right of use asset represent our right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liability adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives, and impairment of operating lease assets. The Company used our incremental borrowing rate of 5.25% to determine the present value of lease payments not yet paid. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total operating lease costs was $118,064 and $101,988, respectively.

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Operating Leases

 

Classification

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Right-of-use assets

 

Operating lease assets

 

$

204,873

 

 

$

248,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current lease liability

 

Current operating lease liability

 

 

109,448

 

 

 

106,390

 

Non-current lease liability

 

Long-term operating lease liability

 

 

95,425

 

 

 

141,890

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

204,873

 

 

$

248,280

 

 

Lease term and discount rate were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

2.98

 

 

 

2.30

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

5.25

%

 

 

5.25

%

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information related to leases were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

 

$

118,064

 

 

$

101,988

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 

68,799

 

 

 

248,280

 







F-12



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


6. Leases (continued)


Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows as of December 31, 2019:

 

2019

 

 

$

117,595

 

2020

 

 

 

43,089

 

2021

 

 

 

23,256

 

2022

 

 

 

13,392

 

2023

 

 

 

13,392

 

2024

 

 

 

11,160

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total lease payments

 

 

 

221,884

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

 

(17,011

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

 

$

204,873

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, operating lease payments includes $100,567 and $86,915, respectively of cost related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised.

 

7. Drafts Payable


Drafts payable outstanding represent unpaid drafts that have not been disbursed by the bank as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, on insurance premium finance contracts received by the Company prior to December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the draft payable balances are $1,287,696 and $1,781,609, respectively.


8. Line of Credit


Relationship with Woodforest National Bank (“WNB”)

On October 5, 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive twenty-four month loan agreement with Woodforest National Bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of $25,000,000. The Company recorded $164,396 of loan origination costs. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. The interest rate is the 30 day Libor plus 2.75% per annum. The advance rate is 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by the six majority stockholders of the Company.


At December 31, 2018, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (5.09% at December 31, 2018). As of December 31, 2018, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $21,633,380 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $143,847 of unamortized loan origination fees.


Interest expense on this line of credit for 2018 totaled approximately $269,000. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee in 2018 of $20,550.







F-13



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


8. Line of Credit (continued)


At December 31, 2019, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (4.46% at December 31, 2019). As of December 31, 2019, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $26,885,221 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $61,649 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for 2019 totaled approximately $1,231,000. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee in 2019 of $82,198.


The Company’s agreement with the WNB contained certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio. The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, minimum balances. Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


9. Note Payable – Others


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balances of long-term unsecured notes to unrelated parties are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total notes payable - Others

 

$

4,435,606

 

 

$

4,629,624

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(880,576

)

 

 

(1,466,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,555,030

 

 

$

3,163,426

 

 

Scheduled future maturities of notes payable are as follows:

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

$

880,576

 

2021

 

 

 

1,766,822

 

2022

 

 

 

1,004,849

 

2023

 

 

 

170,500

 

2024 and beyond

 

 

 

612,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,435,606

 

 

These are notes payable to individuals. The notes are interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions within 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $292,000 and $262,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

 

 

 



F-14



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


10. Note Payable – Stockholders and Related Parties


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balances of long-term notes payable to stockholders and related parties are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total notes payable - Related parties

 

$

3,596,859

 

 

$

3,599,759

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(930,400

)

 

 

(185,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,666,459

 

 

$

3,414,759

 

 

Scheduled future maturities of notes payable are as follows:

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

$

930,400

 

2021

 

 

 

584,302

 

2022

 

 

 

1,796,157

 

2023

 

 

 

247,000

 

2024 and beyond

 

 

 

39,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,596,859

 


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties. The notes are interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions within 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $287,000 and $280,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 



F-15



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


11. Income Taxes


The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, consisted of the following:


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Statutory rate applied to income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

151,237

 

 

$

115,000

 

Increase in income taxes results from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Temporary differences

 

 

(32,090

)

 

 

25,617

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

3,821

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

122,968

 

 

$

140,617

 


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Income tax benefit at US statutory rate of 21%

 

 

21.00

%

 

 

21.00

%

Income tax benefit - state

 

 

3.63

%

 

 

3.63

%

Non-deductible expense

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Change in temp differences

 

 

-4.69

%

 

 

3.51

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

19.94

%

 

 

28.14

%


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for uncollectible

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

295,000

 

Operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

 

32,000

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

327,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

327,000

 


12. Equity


Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 600,000 shares had been designated as Series A convertible and 60,000 shares had been issued and are outstanding.




F-16



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


12. Equity (continued)


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock at a 20% discount to the market price of common shares with written approval of the stockholder.


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Board of Directors has declared and paid dividends on the preferred stock of $94,147. No preferred dividends were declared or paid in 2018. As of December 31, 2019, preferred dividends are in arrears by $10,500 but were declared and paid in January 2020.


Common Stock

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 3,505,016 shares were issued and outstanding.


13. Employee Benefit Plan


The Company maintains a qualified retirement profit sharing plan, which covers substantially all employees. Employees ratably vest in the plan over six years and the Company’s contributions to the plan are discretionary. A plan contribution of $36,000 and $11,000 was made for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


14. Related Party Transactions


The Company has engaged in transactions with related parties primarily shareholders, officers and directors and their relatives that involve financing activities and services to the Company. The following discussion summarizes its activities with related parties.


Advances to shareholders, officers and directors

As discussed in Note 5, the Company has made certain advances to its officers, a creditor, third parties related to the Company through common shareholders, our landlord and an employee, collectively identified as related parties. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $0 and $324,459, respectively.


Office lease

As discussed in Note 6 the Company entered into a five year lease for its office space in Miami, FL with a entity that is controlled by our CEO and related parties. The Company leases approximately 3,000 square feet of office space.




F-17



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


14. Related Party Transactions (continued)


Line of credit

As discussed in Note 8, the Company secured its primary financing in part through the assistance of our CEO and several significant shareholders who guaranteed the loan to the financial institution. The current line of credit with Woodforest National Bank was initiated at $25,000,000 and was increased to $27,500,000 in July 2019.


Notes payable

As discussed in Note 9, the Company has been advanced funds by its shareholders. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $3,596,859 and $3,599,759, respectively.

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies


From time-to-time, we may be involved in litigation or be subject to claims arising out of our operations or content appearing on our websites in the normal course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.


16. Subsequent Events


In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through June 2, 2019, the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company repaid $80,000 of notes payable.


On March 1, 2020, the Company issued 187,400 stock options to employees under the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan. The impact on future earnings from this transaction is a total of $69,338, which will be amortized over 24 months.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date and bears 8% interest per annum. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.




F-18



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


16. Subsequent Events (continued)


On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of previously authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. The Class W4 and Class W12 warrants also have a callable feature or "Redemption Clause" through a "Warrant Call," whereby SPFH may call the exercise of either or both classes of warrants (Class W4 and/or Class W12 warrants) after a period of one year from issuance. Should the Board of Directors choose to use the Warrant Call, holders of the warrants would have 30 calendar days to exercise. Holdings would redeem the called warrants by issuing the redeemed shares, while warrants not exercised within 30 calendar days would be purchased at a redemption price of $0.10 per warrant. A Call by the Company would be made by making a "Warrant Call" (the Redemption Clause) of either or both classes of warrants, notifying the owners through registered mail and publishing publicly through a press release using one or several recognized national financial publications (such as the Dow Jones wire service, EDGAR, Yahoo Finance, Bloomberg News, as well as reporting the Call to the SEC under the Act of 1934).


In April 2020, the Company raised capital of $100,000 through issuance of 10,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


On April 21, 2020, the Company received a $271,000 loan from Woodforest Bank through the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) of the Small Business Administration. The note matures on April 21, 2022 with a fixed interest rate of 1.0%. All interest and principal payments are deferred six months with payments of $15,251 occurring each month for the months of November 2020 to April 2022. However, loans under the PPP may be partially or fully forgiven after eight weeks if conditions related to the use of funds are met.


In the early months of 2020, the novel coronavirus COVID-19 became a worldwide pandemic. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. Through June 2, 2020, the Company has not seen any material changes to its results of operations due to COVID-19. Furthermore, the Company efficiently rolled out a “work-from-home” policy, purchasing and re-locating equipment to allow employees to safely continue their work.





F-19



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2020 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2019


 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

354,226

 

 

$

345,607

 

Premium finance contracts and related receivable, net

 

 

40,583,089

 

 

 

38,799,374

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

168,127

 

 

 

101,039

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

41,105,442

 

 

 

39,246,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

71,700

 

 

 

84,861

 

RIGHT TO USE ASSET - OPERATING LEASE

 

 

120,138

 

 

 

204,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of policy loan

 

 

509,004

 

 

 

475,907

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

270,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

TOTAL OTHER ASSETS

 

 

779,004

 

 

 

725,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

42,076,284

 

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

26,823,572

 

PPP Loan - current portion

 

 

15,022

 

 

 

 

Drafts payable

 

 

1,409,557

 

 

 

1,287,696

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

1,019,958

 

 

 

833,762

 

Note payable - current portion

 

 

1,305,681

 

 

 

880,576

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties - current portion

 

 

627,302

 

 

 

930,400

 

Operating lease obligation - current portion

 

 

57,801

 

 

 

109,447

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

31,842,988

 

 

 

30,865,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPP Loan, net of current portion

 

 

255,978

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

 

 

2,806,491

 

 

 

3,555,030

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties, net of current portion

 

 

3,632,991

 

 

 

2,666,459

 

Operating lease obligation - net of current portion

 

 

62,337

 

 

 

95,425

 

TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

6,757,797

 

 

 

6,316,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

38,600,785

 

 

 

37,182,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 20 million shares authorized, 600,000 shares designated as Series A - convertible, 99,000 and 60,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

99

 

 

 

60

 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized, 2,905,016 and 3,505,016 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

2,905

 

 

 

3,505

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

2,630,384

 

 

 

2,672,399

 

Retained earnings

 

 

842,111

 

 

 

403,329

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

3,475,499

 

 

 

3,079,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

42,076,284

 

 

$

40,261,661

 


See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements



F-20



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance charges

 

$

3,926,674

 

 

$

3,765,066

 

Late charges

 

 

644,930

 

 

 

629,777

 

Origination fees

 

 

237,105

 

 

 

267,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

4,808,709

 

 

 

4,662,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,294,606

 

 

 

1,426,882

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

1,030,312

 

 

 

916,602

 

Commission expense

 

 

620,129

 

 

 

647,026

 

Bad debts

 

 

389,580

 

 

 

392,583

 

Professional fees

 

 

134,231

 

 

 

200,900

 

Postage expense

 

 

94,121

 

 

 

95,613

 

Insurance expense

 

 

117,735

 

 

 

106,620

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

498,343

 

 

 

534,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

4,179,057

 

 

 

4,320,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

629,652

 

 

 

341,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

157,620

 

 

 

2,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

 

472,032

 

 

 

339,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREFFERED SHARE DIVIDENDS

 

 

33,250

 

 

 

31,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

438,782

 

 

$

307,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

3,102,096

 

 

 

3,505,016

 



See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements





F-21



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

3,785

 

 

$

2,679,749

 

Distributions (preferred shareholders)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83,647

)

 

 

(83,647

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

339,079

 

 

 

339,079

 

Balance at September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

259,217

 

 

$

2,935,181

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

403,329

 

 

$

3,079,293

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued for cash and exchanged for note payable

 

 

39,000

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

389,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

390,000

 

Debt issued to retire stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

(600

)

 

 

(479,400

)

 

 

 

 

 

(480,000

)

Options and warrants issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,424

 

Distributions (preferred shareholders)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,250

)

 

 

(33,250

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

472,032

 

 

 

472,032

 

Balance at September 30, 2020 (Unaudited)

 

 

99,000

 

 

$

99

 

 

 

2,905,016

 

 

$

2,905

 

 

$

2,630,384

 

 

$

842,111

 

 

$

3,475,499

 





See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements





F-22



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Flow

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

472,032

 

 

$

339,079

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

19,547

 

 

 

26,510

 

Amortization of right to use asset operating lease

 

 

84,734

 

 

 

79,267

 

Amortization of loan origination fees

 

 

61,649

 

 

 

61,648

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

389,580

 

 

 

408,024

 

Options issued for services

 

 

20,224

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/Decrease in premium finance contracts

 

 

(2,173,295

)

 

 

(6,445,701

)

(Increase)/Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(67,087

)

 

 

(129,839

)

(Increase)/Decrease in deferred tax asset, net

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

26,600

 

Increase/(Decrease) in drafts payable

 

 

121,861

 

 

 

325,638

 

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

186,195

 

 

 

58,402

 

Increase/(Decrease) in operating lease liability

 

 

(84,734

)

 

 

(79,268

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(962,094

)

 

 

(5,329,640

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repay loans from life insurance policy

 

 

(33,097

)

 

 

(322,499

)

Repay notes receivable - related parties

 

 

 

 

 

123,226

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(6,386

)

 

 

(14,430

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(39,483

)

 

 

(213,703

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

125,100

 

Repayments of notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(12,000

)

Proceeds from PPP Loan

 

 

271,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

522,446

 

 

 

5,389,579

 

Dividend distributions paid

 

 

(33,250

)

 

 

(83,647

)

Proceeds from notes payable - other

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

289,682

 

Repayment of notes payable - other

 

 

(300,000

)

 

 

(230,000

)

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock

 

 

320,000

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,010,196

 

 

 

5,478,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

8,619

 

 

 

(64,629

)

CASH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

345,607

 

 

 

77,565

 

CASH AT THE END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

354,226

 

 

$

12,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

271,284

 

 

$

65,511

 

Interest paid

 

$

1,210,168

 

 

$

1,445,973

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt issued to retire common stock

 

$

480,000

 

 

$

 

Debt exchanged for Series A convertible preferred stock

 

$

70,000

 

 

$

 

Notes receivable offset against notes payable

 

$

 

 

$

156,000

 


See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements




F-23



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


1. Principles of Consolidation and Description of Business


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. (“SPFH” or the “Holding”) was incorporated on May 12, 2016, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida. SPFH issued 100,000 shares of common stock to its founder with a fair value of $100 in exchange for services provided.


Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“SPFMC” or the “subsidiary”) was incorporated on April 23, 1991, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, to engage principally in the insurance premium financing business. The Subsidiary is a licensed insurance premium finance company in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Arizona.


On March 22, 2017, SPFH entered into an agreement of share exchange with SPFMC and the shareholders of SPFMC common stock to facilitate the formation of SPFH that will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of SPFMC. The shareholders of SPFMC agreed to exchange SPFMC common stock for newly issued shares of SPFH common stock. For accounting purposes, this transaction is being accounted for as a merger of entities under common control and has been treated as a recapitalization of SPFH with SPFMC as the accounting acquirer. The historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer became the financial statements of the Company. We did not recognize goodwill or any intangible assets in connection with the transaction.


The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPFH and its wholly-owned subsidiary SPFMC. SPFH and its subsidiary are collectively referred to as (“the Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited), which include the accounts of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019.


In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Notes to the financial statements that would substantially duplicate the disclosures contained in the audited financial statements of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, have been omitted.


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers short-term interest-bearing investments with initial maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has no cash equivalents at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.





F-24



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)


Revenue Recognition

Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable

The Company finances insurance premium on policies for the transportation industry and other commercial enterprises. The term of each contract varies from 3 to 12 monthly payments. Repayment terms are structured such that the contracts will be repaid within the term of the underlying insurance policy, generally less than one year. The contracts are secured by the unearned premium of the insurance carrier which is obligated to pay the Company any unearned premium in the event the insurance policy is cancelled pursuant a power of attorney contained in the finance contract. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the amount of unearned premium on open and cancelled contracts totaled $53,825,496 and $50,181,557, respectively. The annual percentage interest rates on new contracts averaged approximately 16% during both quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherit in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses tend to be relatively small. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.




F-25



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)


Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


Furniture and equipment 5 - 7 years

Computer equipment and software 3 - 5 years

Leasehold improvements 10 years


Amortization of Loan Origination Costs

Amortization of loan origination costs is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the loan agreement.


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in valuation of deferred tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciable lives of property and equipment, and valuation of stock-based compensation.


Concentration of Credit and Financial Instrument Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable from customers, agents, and insurance companies. The Company maintains its cash balances at one bank. Accounts at this financial institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. Uninsured balances are approximately $436,902 and $722,694 at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company mitigates this risk by maintaining its cash balances at a high-quality financial institution. The following table provides a reconciliation between uninsured balances and cash per the balance sheet:


 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Uninsured Balance

 

$

436,902

 

 

$

722,694

 

Plus: Insured balances

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

Plus: Balances at other institutions that do not exceed FDIC limit

 

 

20,593

 

 

 

3,361

 

Less: Outstanding checks

 

 

(353,269

)

 

 

(630,448

)

Cash per Balance Sheet

 

$

354,226

 

 

$

345,607

 


The Company controls its credit risk in accounts receivable through credit standards, limits on exposure, by monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies, by adhering to statutory cancellation policies, and by monitoring and pursuing collections from past due accounts. We cancel policies at the earliest permissible date allowed by the statutory cancellation regulations.


Approximately 56% and 53% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida for both 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately 20% and 16% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Georgia for 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately 11% and 12% of the Company's business activity is with customers located in North Carolina for 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no other significant regional, industrial or group concentrations during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

The Company is the owner and beneficiary of a life insurance policy on its president. The cash surrender value relative to the policy in place net of a policy loan of $0 and $0, respectively at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $509,004 and $475,907, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred interest expense of $0 and $1,405 respectively in connection with this loan, included in interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.



F-26



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, including finance contract and related receivables, prepaid expenses, drafts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity for these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, the line of credit and long-term debt are based on current rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities and the carrying value approximates fair value.


Income Taxes

Effective January 1, 2017, SPFM elected to change its tax status from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for income tax purposes. In connection with the agreement of share exchange executed on March 22, 2017 (see Note 1), SPFM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPFH, and as a result, SPFH filed consolidated US income tax returns starting in 2018.


The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.


Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company has no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows were required as of September 30, 2020.


The SPFM tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2015 through 2019 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions. SPFM filed consolidated US income tax returns with SPFH for 2018 and 2019. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities. SPFM recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. SPFM did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.


Earnings per Common Share

The Corporation accounts for earnings (loss) per share in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 260 - 10, “Earnings Per Share”, which establishes the requirements for presenting earnings per share (“EPS”). FASB ASC Topic No. 260 - 10 requires the presentation of “basic” and “diluted” EPS on the face of the statement of operations. Basic EPS amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the exercise of all stock options, warrants and convertible securities having exercise prices less than the average market price of the common stock during the periods, using the treasury stock method. When a loss from operations exists, potential common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts.



F-27



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, stock options to purchase 187,400 and 0 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively, as described in Note 11. These stock options vest on March 1, 2022 and are anti-dilutive and not included in the calculation of diluted EPS at September 30, 2020 and 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, stock warrants to purchase 800,000 and 0 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively, as described in Note 11. Although these stock warrants vested immediately, they are not “in-the-money” and are thus anti-dilutive and not included in the calculation of diluted EPS at September 30, 2020 and 2019. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock can be converted to common stock at 20% of the prevailing market price over the previous 30-day period at the option of the Company.


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable represent monthly payments due on insurance premium finance contracts. The Company finances insurance policies over periods from three months to one year for businesses and consumers who make an initial down payment of, on average, 25 percent of the insurance policy amounts. The entire amount of the contract is recorded including amounts due for finance charges and services charges. These receivables are reported net of unearned interest for financial statements purposes. Amounts due from agents represent balances related to (1) an agent’s unearned commission due to a policy cancellation and (2) down payments collected by the agents on behalf of the insured, which are due to us. Receivables from insurance premium finance contracts cancelled are due from the insurance companies.


Premium finance contract and agents’ receivable consists of the following:


Description

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Premium finance contract and agents’ receivable at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premium finance contracts outstanding

 

$

38,605,643

 

 

$

36,376,185

 

Insurance premium finance contracts cancelled

 

 

3,018,951

 

 

 

3,433,680

 

 

 

 

41,624,594

 

 

 

39,809,865

 

Amounts due from agents

 

 

1,025,047

 

 

 

951,595

 

Less: Unearned interest

 

 

(1,255,670

)

 

 

(1,176,554

)

 

 

 

41,393,971

 

 

 

39,584,906

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(810,882

)

 

 

(785,532

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

40,583,089

 

 

$

38,799,374

 


The allowance for doubtful accounts at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:


Allowance for premium finance contracts cancelled

 

$

631,586

 

 

$

606,236

 

Allowance for amounts due from agents

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

810,882

 

 

$

785,532

 





F-28



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Continued)


Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows:


 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Balance, at the beginning of the period

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

Current year provision

 

 

929,000

 

 

 

1,135,000

 

Direct write-downs charged against the allowance

 

 

(1,176,511

)

 

 

(1,533,449

)

Recoveries of amounts previously charged off

 

 

272,861

 

 

 

191,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

$

810,882

 

 

$

785,532

 


The Company maintains its allowance at gross amounts, which includes allowances for write-offs of unearned revenues. Provisions and write-offs per the footnote table above are displayed at gross amounts, which include provisions and write-offs of unearned revenues. These write-offs are appropriately split between the principal (i.e. bad debt expense) and interest/fee (i.e. contra-revenue) portions on the income statement. The following table shows a reconciliation between the total provision per the footnote and bad debt expense on the income statement:

 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Total Provision per footnote table

 

$

929,000

 

 

$

1,135,000

 

Less: Contra-revenues

 

 

(539,420

)

 

 

(599,990

)

Bad Debt Expense per the Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

$

389,580

 

 

$

535,010

 


4. Property and Equipment, Net


The Company’s property and equipment consists of the following:


 

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer Software

 

$

26,207

 

 

$

25,507

 

Automobile

 

 

59,076

 

 

 

59,076

 

Furniture & Fixtures

 

 

14,273

 

 

 

14,273

 

Leasehold Improvements

 

 

116,811

 

 

 

116,811

 

Computer Equipment

 

 

59,927

 

 

 

54,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

276,294

 

 

 

269,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(204,594

)

 

 

(185,047

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

71,700

 

 

$

84,861

 


The Company recorded depreciation expense of $19,547 and $26,510, respectively for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


5. Leases


The Company accounts for lease in accordance with ASC Topic 842. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the total lease cost was $88,200 and $87,667, respectively.



F-29



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


6. Drafts Payable


Drafts payable outstanding represent unpaid drafts that have not been disbursed by the bank as of the reporting date, on insurance premium finance contracts received by the Company prior to the reporting date. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the draft payable balances are $1,409,557 and $1,287,696, respectively.


7. Line of Credit


On October 5, 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive twenty-four month loan agreement with a commercial bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of $25,000,000. The Company recorded $164,396 of loan origination costs. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. On October 5, 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


At December 31, 2019, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (4.46% at December 31, 2019). As of December 31, 2019, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $26,885,221 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $61,649 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 totaled approximately $920,025. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for nine months ended September 30, 2019 of $61,648.


At September 30, 2020, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (3.75% at September 30, 2020). The terms of the Line of Credit agreement provide for a minimum interest of 3.75% when the 30 day Libor falls below 1%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the minimum rate of 3.75% was in effect. As of September 30, 2020, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $27,407,667 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $0 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 totaled approximately $792,422. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $61,649.


The Company’s agreement with the WNB contained certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio. The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, minimum balances. Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.




F-30



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


8. PPP Loan


On April 18, 2020, the Company entered into a $271,000 loan with its primary lender, under a program administered by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) as part of the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) approved under the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act” (“CARES Act”) (Pub. L. No. 116-136). The loan matures in two (2) years and accrues interest at 1% from the origination of the loan. After a 6 month deferral, interest and principal payments are due monthly. The Note is subject to partial or full forgiveness, the terms of which are dictated by the SBA, the CARES Act, section 7(a)(36) of the Small Business Act, all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder including, without limitation, Interim Final Rule RIN 3245-AH34, subsequent SBA guidance, and the Code of Federal Regulations. The payment deferral period was extended until September 18, 2021.


As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balance of the PPP loan is as follows:


 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Total PPP loan

 

$

271,000

 

 

 

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(15,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

255,978

 

 

 

 


9. Note Payable – Others


At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balances of long-term unsecured notes to unrelated parties are as follows:


 

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

Total notes payable - Others

 

$

4,112,172

 

 

$

4,435,606

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(1,305,681

)

 

 

(880,576

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,806,491

 

 

$

3,555,030

 


These are notes payable to individuals. The notes have interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $201,000 and $224,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company received proceeds on these notes of $150,000 and $289,682 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company repaid principal on these notes of $300,000 and $230,000 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On June 30, 2020, the Company exchanged $70,000 of outstanding notes for 7,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.




F-31



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


10. Note Payable – Stockholders and Related Parties


At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balances of long-term notes payable to stockholders and related parties are as follows:


 

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

Total notes payable - Related parties

 

$

4,260,293

 

 

$

3,596,859

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(627,302

)

 

 

(930,400

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,632,991

 

 

$

2,666,459

 


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties. The notes have interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $238,000 and $207,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company received proceeds on these notes of $80,000 and $125,100 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company repaid principal on these notes of $0 and $12,000 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


11. Equity


Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 600,000 shares had been designated as Series A convertible and 99,000 shares had been issued and are outstanding. In April 2020, 10,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $100,000 cash. In June 2020, 9,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $20,000 in cash and exchanged for $70,000 of notes payable for a total of $90,000. In July 2020, 5,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $50,000 cash. In August 2020, 15,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $150,000 cash.


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock at a 20% discount to the market price of common shares with written approval of the stockholder.




F-32



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


11. Equity (Continued)


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Board of Directors has declared and paid dividends on the preferred stock of $33,250 and $83,647, respectively. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, preferred dividends are in arrears by $15,727 and $10,500, respectively. December 31, 2019 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in January 2020. March 31, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in April 2020. June 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in July 2020. September 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in October 2020.


Common Stock

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company was authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 2,905,016 and 3,505,016 shares, respectively were issued and outstanding.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Stock Options

In 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the creation of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The 2019 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options to designated employees, certain key advisors and non-employee members of the Board of Directors with the opportunity to receive grant awards to acquire, in the aggregate, up to 300,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock.


A summary of information regarding the stock options outstanding is as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Issued

  

 

187,400

  

  

 

0.80

  

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

 

 

187,400

 

 

$

 0.80

 

 

 

11.4 years

 

 

The above outstanding options were granted on March 1, 2020, to designated Officers and employees. All of the options have not vested and will vest on March 1, 2022. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation recognized $20,224 and $0, respectively, of stock option expense.




F-33



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 



11. Equity (Continued)


The fair value of the stock option originated in 2020 was determined using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions:


Assumptions

 

Grant Date

(1) dividend yield of

 

0%

(2) expected volatility of

 

50%

(3) risk-free interest rate of

 

0.89%

(4) expected life of

 

6 years

(5) estimated fair value

 

$0.79


Stock Warrants

On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of previously authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. A summary of information regarding the stock options outstanding is as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Issued (Class W4)

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

 

 

Issued (Class W12)

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

 

 

800,000

 

 

$

8.00

 

 

 

4.5 years

 

 

The above outstanding warrants were issued on April 1, 2020, to designated Officers, Directors, and consultants with a total fair value of $27,200 on the grant date. The warrants vested immediately. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation recognized $27,200 and $0, respectively, of stock warrant expense.




F-34



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 



11. Equity (Continued)


The fair value of the stock warrants originated in 2020 was determined using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions:


Assumptions

 

Grant Date

(1) dividend yield of

 

0%

(2) expected volatility of *

 

50%

(3) risk-free interest rate of

 

0.37%

(4) expected life of

 

5 years

(5) estimated fair value

 

$0.79

* Expected volatility is calculated using the historical volatility of other companies within the industry


COVID-19

In the early months of 2020, the novel coronavirus COVID-19 became a worldwide pandemic. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be negatively impacted. Through December 17, 2020, the Company has not seen any material changes to its results of operations due to COVID-19. Furthermore, the Company efficiently rolled out a “work-from-home” policy, purchasing and re-locating equipment to allow employees to safely continue their work.


12. Related Party Transactions


The Company has engaged in transactions with related parties primarily shareholders, officers and directors and their relatives that involve financing activities and services to the Company. The following discussion summarizes its activities with related parties.


Office lease

The Company entered a five-year lease for its office space in Miami, FL with an entity that is controlled by our CEO and related parties. The Company leases approximately 3,000 square feet of office space. Rent of $7,451 is paid monthly. The lease contract expires in February 2021.


Line of credit

As discussed in Note 7, the Company secured its primary financing in part through the assistance of our CEO and several significant shareholders who guaranteed the loan to the financial institution. The current line of credit with Woodforest National Bank was initiated at $25,000,000. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. On October 5, 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


Notes payable

As discussed in Note 10, the Company has been advanced funds by its shareholders. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the amounts advanced were $4,260,293 and $3,596,859, respectively.




F-35



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


12. Related Party Transactions (continued)


Common Stock

As discussed in Note 11, on March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Stock Options

As discussed in Note 11, on March 1, 2020, the Company issued 187,400 stock options, of which 167,400 stock options were issued to officers and directors under the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan. The impact on future earnings from this transaction is a total of $69,338, which will be amortized over 24 months at a rate of $2,889 per month. This transaction will also increase additional paid in capital over the same period at the same rate.


Stock Warrants

As discussed in Note 11, on April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 stock warrants, of which 800,000 stock warrants were issued to officers, directors, and a related party. The impact on current earnings from this transaction is a total of $27,200, which was expensed immediately as the warrants vested immediately on grant date. This transaction also increased additional paid-in capital by the same amount.


13. Commitments and Contingencies


From time-to-time, we may be involved in litigation or be subject to claims arising out of our operations or content appearing on our websites in the normal course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.


14. Subsequent Events


In preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements, management has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through December 17, 2020, the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


In October 2020, the Company repaid $300,000 of notes payable (others). In November and December 2020, the Company repaid $21,000 of notes payable (others) and $12,000 of notes payable (stockholders and related party).


In October 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


In October 2020, the Board of Directors declared and paid dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock of $15,727.






F-36


EXHIBIT 10.5

CONSULTING AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT made this 1st day of August 2016, between Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “Company”) and Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

WITNESSETH:


WHEREAS, the Company desires to secure the benefit of the Consultant’s experience, skills, abilities, knowledge, and background to facilitate the Company’s business strategy and planning and to advise the Company in financial, mergers and acquisitions and other matters upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Engagement. The Company hereby engages Consultant as a consultant (the “Engagement”) with respect to business strategy, corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions and general business consulting and Consultant hereby accepts the Engagement. Such consulting services shall be provided in Miami-Dade County, Florida, or other mutually acceptable times and places.   The relationship of Company and Consultant established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to (i) give either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, (ii) constitute the parties as partners, joint ventures, co-owners or otherwise as participant in a joint undertaking, or (iii) allow Consultant to create or assume any obligation on behalf of Company for any purpose whatsoever. All financial and other obligations associated with Consultant’s business are the sole responsibility of Consultant.

2.

Services. During the term of the Engagement hereunder, Consultant will provide advice and counsel regarding Company’s strategic business plans, strategy and negotiations with potential strategic partners, corporate planning and financial consulting (the “Services”) as requested by the Company, such as the following:



2.1

Assist the Company in the development of a strategic growth plan and related communications materials such as an executive summary and investor presentation. Advise the Company in its strategy to become a holding company for Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation.

2.2

Advise the Company regarding mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances. Introduce the Company to and assist the Company in reviewing potential acquisitions and alliances. Assist the Company in negotiating terms and structure, and conducting due diligence of mergers, acquisitions and alliances. The services provided by the Consultant in connection with mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances shall not include providing fairness opinions stating whether any such transaction is fair from a financial point of view.

2.3

Review and assess various financing strategies and solutions with the Company. Suggest desirable financing amounts, terms, and structure. Assist the Company in achieving optimum capital structure. Identify broker/dealers or other sources of capital.

2.4

Assist the Company with corporate governance structure involving its Board of Directors and committees. Consultant will also be available to assist with the development of executive and director compensation programs.

3.

No Brokerage. The parties acknowledge that Consultant is not licensed as a registered broker/dealer and does not engage in the sale of securities. Any sales of securities shall be undertaken directly by the Company or through registered broker/dealers. Consultant may provide services solely as a finder in connection with the Company’s sale of securities in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations but will not undertake any activities in connection with any securities offered by the Company which would require registration as a broker/dealer. Consultant will receive no fees hereunder which will violate any laws or regulations, including those of stock markets or FINRA.

4.

Term. The initial term of the Engagement shall be the period commencing on the

date hereof and ending one (1) year thereafter. The term of the Engagement shall automatically be renewed from year to year thereafter unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days





written notice of its intent not to renew to the other by registered or certified mail prior to the end of the initial term of the Engagement, or any renewal term thereof.

5.

Compensation. In consideration of the Services provided by Consultant herein, the Company shall pay Consultant as follows:

5.1

Retainer Fee. Company will pay an initial fee of $5,000.00 to Consultant upon entering into this agreement. Company will pay Consultant a monthly retainer fee of

$1,500.00 per month beginning 30 days from the date entering into this Agreement and on the same day of each successive month during the term of the Engagement.

5.2

Holding Company Success Fee. Upon the effective date of this Agreement, Company shall sell an aggregate 330,000 shares of its restricted common stock for the par value, $0.001 per share, to certain affiliates of Consultant as set forth in a separate list provided by Consultant to the Company. Such shares shall be restricted and shall vest and be delivered upon the consummation of the Company’s acquisition of at least a majority of the outstanding common stock of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation thereby establishing the Company’s holding company strategy. In the event the holding company has not been established as aforesaid within one (1) year of the date of this Agreement, the unvested shares shall be returned to the Company for cancellation. Such shares shall not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable securities laws and shall be subject to an investment letter satisfactory to the Company.

5.3

M&A Success Fee. If the Company consummates a sale, acquisition, divestiture, merger, or other business combination, or other similar buy or sell side transaction involving the Company and a party introduced by Consultant, or with which Consultant has assisted the Company in connection with such a transaction, during the term of the Engagement, then the Company shall pay Consultant a fee (the “M&A Success Fee”) in an amount as follows:

(a)

An amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Total Consideration of the

transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the acquired party in such transaction.





(b)

An amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Total Consideration of the transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the acquiring party in such transaction and no outside financing in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the Total Consideration is utilized by the Company in payment for the acquisition target, or if such outside financing is provided by sources identified by Consultant.

(c)

An amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Consideration of the transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company or any of its subsidiares is the acquiring party in such transaction and outside financing in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the Total Consideration is utilized by the Company in payment for the acquisition target and such outside financing is provided by a source not identified by Consultant.

(d)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Total Consideration” shall mean the total value of all cash, securities, or other property paid at the closing of a transaction to or by the Company or its shareholders or to be paid in the future to them with respect to such transaction as provided below (other than payments of interest or dividends) in respect of (i) the assets of the acquired company and (ii) the capital stock of the acquired company (and any securities convertible into options, warrants or other rights to acquire such capital stock). Any amounts payable in connection with a non-competition agreement or any employment, consulting, licensing, supply or other agreement entered into in connection with the transaction, to the extent that such amounts payable are greater than what would customarily be paid on an arms-length basis to an employee, consultant, licensee or supplier who had not been acquired, shall be deemed to be part of the Total Consideration paid in the transaction. In the event a transaction is consummated in one or more steps, including without limitation, any additional consideration paid in any subsequent step in the transaction, including contingent, earn out payments or escrowed payments, shall be included in the definition of “Total Consideration” and the applicable M&A Success Fee shall be paid to Consultant when received or paid.





(e)

If all or a portion of the Total Consideration paid in the Transaction is other than cash or negotiable securities then the value of such non-cash consideration shall be the fair market value thereof on the date the transaction is consummated as mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Company and the Consultant. If such non-cash consideration consists of common stock, convertible preferred stock or other convertible security, options, warrants or other rights for which a public trading market for such security or underlying security existed prior to consummation of the Transaction, then the value of such securities shall be determined by the closing or last sales price of such security or underlying security prior to the date of the consummation of the Transaction. If no public market exists for the common stock, options, warrants or rights issued in the Transaction, then the value of such securities shall be as mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Company and the Consultant. If the Company and the Consultant are unable to reach such an agreement on valuation within the ten (10) days after the consummation of the transaction, such value shall be determined by an investment banker or other person experienced in valuing such stock, equity securities or non-cash consideration mutually acceptable to Company and the Consultant. Such determination of such investment banker or other person shall be binding upon Company and the Consultant, and Company and the Consultant shall each be responsible for paying one-half of the fees of such investment banker or other person.

(f)

No success fee shall be payable on the Company’s acquisition of Standard

Premium Finance Management Corporation, except as provided in Section 5.2.

5.4

Financing Success Fee. For its services in assisting the Company in financing matters as set forth in Section 2.3, Consultant shall be paid a success fee as follows:

(a)

An amount equal to five percent (5%) of the net proceeds of equity or debt financing received by the Company upon closing of each such financing.

(b)

An amount equal to twenty five (25%) percent of the lender’s upfront

commitment fee of any bank credit facility entered into by Company during the term of this agreement payable upon initial closing under such credit facility, but not less than 0.5% of the





aggregate credit facility. To avoid any misunderstanding such success fee shall not be paid on any credit facility provided by BB&T and shall be paid on any credit facility provided by Bank United, including credit facilities provided to Standard Premium Credit Management Corporation.

(c)

All such financing shall be on terms and amounts acceptable to the Company, such acceptance to be evidenced by the acceptance of such financing by the Company.

5.4

Expenses. The Company will reimburse Consultant for actual travel and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the performance of services hereunder. Any such expenses individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000.00 must be approved in advance by the written consent of the Company.

5.5

Collection Costs. Company will not seek to avoid or evade payment of any consideration due Consultant pursuant to this Agreement and Company will pay all costs incurred by Consultant, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, in the event any such payments are not made when due or in the event of any other default by Company under this Agreement. Any payments due Consultant which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at 10% per annum  until paid.

6.

Furnishing Information and Confidential Treatment.

6.1

During the term of the Engagement the Company shall provide the Consultant with such information as it shall request concerning the Company, its business and operations, financial statements, plans, forecasts and projections. Such information shall be true and correct and Consultant may rely upon any such information furnished by the Company without independent verification.

6.2

Consultant agrees to obtain the written consent of the Company prior to contacting any potential party to a merger, acquisition or strategic alliance and will not contact any such party to which Company has objected in writing.

6.3

Consultant agrees that, during the term of the Engagement and for a period

of three (3) years thereafter, it will not, without the written consent of the Company, use, disclose





or authorize or permit anyone under its direction to use or disclose to anyone not properly entitled thereto, any confidential information relative to the business, sales, financial condition and results, customers, strategic plans and prospects, forecasts and projections of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof. For purposes of the preceding sentence, persons properly entitled to such information shall include such parties to whom such information is reasonably furnished in connection with Consultant’s services hereunder and who have signed a confidentiality agreement in form approved by the Company prior to such disclosure.

7.

Non-Circumvention. The Company agrees that all third parties introduced to it by the Consultant represent significant efforts by and are the work product of the Consultant. For a period of three (3) years following the termination of the Engagement, Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, assigns, employees and agents shall not contact or conduct business with any financial institution, investor, target companies, resource or placement agent introduced by Consultant to the Company without first obtaining written consent from Consultant and entering into a written agreement with Consultant for just compensation payable to Consultant, to the extent that compensation payable to Consultant is not otherwise covered by this Agreement.





8.

Scope of Responsibility. Neither Consultant nor any of its affiliates (nor any of their respective control persons, directors, officers, employees or agents) shall be liable to the Company or to any other person claiming through the Company for any claim, loss, damage, liability, cost or expense suffered by the Company or any such other person arising out of or related to the Engagement hereunder except for a claim, loss or expense that arises primarily out of or is based primarily upon any action or failure to act by Consultant, other than an action or failure to act undertaken at the request or with the consent of the Company, that is determined to constitute bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of Consultant.

9.

Miscellaneous.

9.1

This Agreement is a personal consulting contract and Consultant may not assign its obligations or rights pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

9.2

The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

9.3

This Agreement, which contains the entire contractual understanding between the parties, may not be changed orally but only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

9.4

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

9.5

The waiver or breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term or condition.

9.6

Any notices, requests or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given if sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, and if to the Consultant, addressed to it at: 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 215, Miami, FL 33186, and if to the Company, addressed to it at: 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186, attention

of the President, or such other address as shall have been specified in writing by either party to





the other, and any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given as of the date so mailed.

9.7

Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any document or instrument delivered pursuant to, in connection with, or simultaneously with this Agreement, or any breach of this Agreement or any such document or instrument shall be settled by binding arbitration before one arbitrator to be held in Miami-Dade County, Florida in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereto. The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. In any such arbitration, the parties waive personal service of any process or other papers and agree that service thereof may be made in accordance with Section 9.6. The losing party in such arbitration shall pay all the costs and expenses of such arbitration, including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the winning party as determined by the arbitrator.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.


 

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:  

/s/ William J. Koppelmann

 

 

William J. Koppelmann, President

 

  

 

 

BAYSHORE CORPORATE FINANCE, LLC

 

 

 

By:  

/s/ Anthony Leavitt

 

 

Managing Director





EXHIBIT 10.9


LOAN AGREEMENT


THIS LOAN AGREEMENT ("Loan Agreement") is made and entered into on this the 3rd  day of February, 2021, by and among STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation with an address of 13590 SW 134 Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, Florida 33186, party of the first part, hereinafter called the "Borrower," FIRST HORIZON BANK, a Tennessee banking corporation, with a place of business at 1000 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 430, Plantation, Florida 33324 and its principal place of business at 165 Madison Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38103, party of the second part, hereinafter called the "Bank," and STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (the “Entity Guarantor”), William Koppelmann, an individual, and Mark Kutner, an individual (each an “Individual Guarantor” and collectively, the “Individual Guarantors”), parties of the third part (the Entity Guarantor and the Individual Guarantors are collectively, the "Guarantors").

Recitals of Fact


Borrower has requested that the Bank commit to make loans and advances and extensions of credit to if on a revolving credit basis in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the principal sum of Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00) (the "Committed Amount").  The Bank has agreed to make such loans and advances and extensions of credit on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, incorporating the Recitals of Fact set forth above and in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

Agreements


ARTICLE ONE:

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

For the purposes of this Loan Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be applicable equally to both the singular and plural forms of such terms) unless the context otherwise requires:

1.1

"Acceptable Receivables" shall mean the outstanding balance of

(a)

Customer Receivables net of unearned interest, unearned finances charges, unearned services charges, and other charges owed to Borrower by Policyholders pursuant to Premium Finance Agreements:

(i)

in which Bank holds a valid, perfected first priority security interest directly or as assigned by the Borrower;

(ii)

 in which no other party has a security interest;

(iii)

with respect to which no setoffs, counterclaims or defenses are claimed by a Policyholder;






 


(iv)

which constitute the binding obligation of the Policyholder;

(v)

which Policyholder is financially able to pay his debts and obligations as they become due and is paying its debts and obligations as they become due;

(vi)

which do not remain contractually past due more than thirty (30) days;

(vii)

which has not been cancelled by the Borrower;

(viii)

with respect to which the Policyholder is not a Related Person or any officer, director, agent or employee of a Related Person;

(ix)

which do not arise or do not appear to arise from a fraudulent transaction;

(x)

which comply in all respects with applicable Consumer Finance Laws;

(xi)

with respect to which the Policyholder is not a Governmental Entity;

(xii)

with respect to which the Policyholder is not involved in a Bankruptcy Proceeding;

(xiii)

with respect to which Policyholder resides in the United States;

(xiv)

with respect to which no extension of the maturity set out in the Premium Finance Agreement has been granted;

(xv)

with respect to which, the original of the Premium Finance Agreement of any other writing which evidences the Policyholder’s obligation to pay is located at Borrower’s principal place of business at the address set out in the initial paragraph of this Agreement;

(xvi)

with respect to which the Insurer which issued the policy of insurance has signed a notification of assignment of interest in unearned premiums, as described in Section 6.28 hereof;

(xvii)

with respect to which both the Customer Receivable and the Policyholder on such Customer Receivable conform to Company Credit Guidelines;

(xviii)

which, with respect to constituting Electronic Contracts, if required by Bank, complies with the Electronic Contract provisions of this Agreement;  

(xix)

which are signed and funded (i.e. executed but unfunded Premium Finance Agreements are ineligible);

(xx)

which pertains to an insurance policy issued by an insurance company having a current A.M. Best rating of B or better according to A.M. Best or are backed by statutory state insurance coverage; and



2



 


(xxi)

which the Bank has not determined, in its sole discretion to be in eligible as Acceptable Receivables.

plus

(b)

Carrier Receivables owed by an insurance company to a Policyholder residing in an Eligible State (and assigned by the Policyholder to Borrower pursuant to such Policyholder’s Premium Finance Agreement with Borrower) with respect to policies that have been cancelled by the Borrower pursuant to a Premium Finance Agreement and which

(i)

do not remain unpaid by the insurer more than ninety (90) days from the cancellation of the insurance policy;

(ii)

with respect to Carrier Receivables for commercial automobile insurance, such Carrier Receivables do not remain unpaid by the insurer more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the cancellation of the insurance policy;

(iii)

the insurance companies issuing such policies have a current A.M. Best rating of B or better according to A.M. Best or are backed by statutory state insurance coverage; and

(iv)

which the Bank has not determined, in its sole discretion, to be ineligible as Acceptable Receivables.

Note that the definition of Acceptable Receivables under (A) and (B) above is further qualified as follows: (1) unearned interest, documentary fees, unearned service charges, and unearned finance charges owed by a Policyholder pursuant to or in connection with a Premium Finance Agreement shall not be Acceptable Receivables, (2) unearned premiums payable to a Policyholder from or by an Insurance Guaranty Fund and assigned to Borrower shall not be Acceptable Receivables, (3) if the total Customer Receivables owed by any unincorporated Policyholder shall exceed seven and 50/100 percent (7.5%) of the aggregate amount of all of the Borrower's Customer Receivables, such excess amount shall not be deemed to constitute Acceptable Receivables, (4) if the total Customer Receivables owed by any Policyholder shall exceed three percent (3%) of the aggregate amount of all of the Borrower's Customer Receivables, such excess amount shall not be deemed to constitute Acceptable Receivables, (5) if the ineligible amount determined under clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above of this definition of Acceptable Receivables exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Carrier Receivables owed by such insurer, the Carrier Receivables owed by such insurer shall not constitute Acceptable Receivables, and (6) Loan advances based on availability under subsection (B) above shall not exceed $3,500,000.00 at any time.

1.2

"Advance Rate" shall mean eighty-five percent (85%); provided, however, the Advance Rate shall be subject to adjustment as of the first (1st) day of each month based on:

(a)

The then existing Collateral Adjustment Ratio, with the Advance Rate to be reduced by one percent (1%) for each whole percentage or fraction thereof that the Collateral Adjustment Ratio exceeds twelve percent (12%).  In the event that the Advance Rate is reduced based on the Collateral Adjustment Ratio in effect on the first (1st) day of any month and the



3



 


Collateral Adjustment Ratio decreases in any future month, the Advance Rate shall be increased as applicable. An example of the Advance Rate based on the Collateral Adjustment Ratio is as follows:

Collateral Adjustment Ratio

Advance Rate

Less than or equal to 12%

85%

Greater than 12% but less than or equal to 13%

84%

Greater than 13% but less than or equal to 14%

83%

Greater than 14% but less than or equal to 15%

82%

Greater than 15% but less than or equal to 16%

81%

Greater than 16% but less than or equal to 17%

80%

and

(b)

The then existing Dilution Reserve, with the Advance Rate to be reduced by one percent (1%) for each whole percentage or fraction thereof that the Dilution Reserve exceeds five percent (5%). In the event that the Advance Rate is reduced based on the Collateral Adjustment Ratio as set forth in 1.2(a) above, the Advance Rate shall be further reduced based on the Dilution Reserve to the extent the Dilution Reserve exceeds five percent (5%). In the event that the Advance Rate is reduced based on the Dilution Reserve in effect on the first (1st) day of any month and the Dilution Reserve decreases in any future month, the Advance Rate shall be increased as applicable. An example of the Advance Rate based on the Dilution Reserve is as follows (assuming no reduction under 1.2(a) above):

Dilution Reserve

Advance Rate

Less than or equal to 5%

85%

Greater than 6% but less than or equal to 7%

84%

Greater than 7% but less than or equal to 8%

83%

Greater than 8% but less than or equal to 9%

82%

Greater than 9% but less than or equal to 10%

81%

Greater than 10% but less than or equal to 11%

80%


1.3

"Authoritative Copy " shall mean, with respect to Electronic Contracts, an electronic or tangible copy of such Electronic Contract that is unique, identifiable and except as otherwise provided in Section 47-9-105(b)(4), (5), and (6) of the Code, is unalterable, and is marked “original” or has no mark or watermark that would indicate that it is a “copy” or “duplicate” or not an original or “authoritative” copy.

1.4

"Authorization" shall mean that certain Authorization Re: Verbal and Electronic Banking Instructions, executed by the Borrower, dated of even date, as same may be amended from time to time.



4



 


1.5

"Authorized Agent" shall be those persons designated as Authorized Agents under the Authorization.

1.6

"Availability Reserves" shall mean, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its sole discretion reducing the amount of Loans which would otherwise be available to Borrower under the lending formula(s) provided for herein:  (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, do or may affect either (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value, (ii) the assets, business or prospects of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of the Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); (b) to reflect Bank's belief, in its sole discretion, that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in its sole discretion constitutes an Event of Default or which may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

1.7

"Bank Product Amount" means the Bank's determination, in its reasonable discretion, as to the maximum dollar amount of the obligations arising under such Bank Product that may be included in a reserve under the Borrowing Base.

1.8

"Bank Product Obligations" means all indebtedness, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower to the Bank, of every kind, nature and description arising under or in respect of any Bank Product (including arising under or in respect of any guaranty thereof), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated.

1.9

"Bank Product Reserve" means at any time, an amount equal to the sum of all Bank Product Amounts associated with all of the then outstanding Bank Products.  With respect to any particular Bank Product, the Bank Product Reserve shall equal the Bank Product Amount for such Bank Product or a lesser amount as may equal the actual obligation of the Borrower as determined by the Bank with respect to such Bank Product.

1.10

"Bank Products" means any of the following that the Bank provides to, or enters into with, the Borrower: (a) any deposit, lockbox, Cash Management Services, or other cash management arrangement; (b) any Interest Rate Management Agreement; (c) any credit cards, purchase cards, and/or debit cards; and (d) any other product, service or agreement pursuant to which the Borrower may be indebted to the Bank.

1.11

"Bankruptcy Proceeding" shall mean an assignment by a Policyholder for the benefit of his creditors, the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against a Policyholder, the filing by or against a Policyholder to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or trustee for it, him or her, or a substantial part of its, his or her assets, or the commencement by or against an Policyholder of any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction (state or federal) whether now or hereafter in effect; or such Policyholder shall generally not be paying its, his or her debts and obligations as such debts and obligations become due.



5



 


1.12

"Base Rate" means the base commercial rate of interest established from time to time by the Bank.

1.13

"Borrowing Base" is the limitation on the aggregate Loan indebtedness and extensions of credit which may be outstanding at any time during the term of this Agreement. The Borrowing Base is the sum of those items listed and described in Exhibit "A" hereto attached.

1.14

"Business Day" means a banking business day of the Bank.

1.15

"Capital Expenditure" means any expenditure for the acquisition of any asset, tangible or intangible, which under GAAP is deemed a capital asset, including, without limitation, real estate, buildings, fixtures, machinery, equipment, and furniture, and including the acquisition by a lease which under GAAP must be treated as a capital asset.

1.16

“Carrier Receivables” means the amount of any unearned premium at any time owed by an insurer [or by an Insurance Guaranty Fund] to a Policyholder (and assigned by the Policyholder to Borrower pursuant to such Policyholder’s Premium Finance Agreement with Borrower) or owed to Borrower.

1.17

"Cash Management Services" means any services provided from time to time by First Horizon Bank to the Borrower in connection with the operating, collections, payroll, trust or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

1.18

"Change in Law" means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Entity, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Entity; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a "Change in Law," regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

1.19

"Closing Date" means the date set out in the first paragraph of this Loan Agreement.

1.20

"Code" shall mean the Florida Uniform Commercial Code, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

1.21

"Collateral" shall mean any and all property real or personal, tangible or intangible, now or at any time hereafter pledged as security for the payment of the Loan.



6



 


1.22

"Collateral Adjustment Ratio" equals the sum of the following (a) the percentage of Customer Receivables that are greater than thirty (30) days contractually past due, (b) percentage of Carrier Receivables to Gross Receivables, and (c) the percentage of charged-off Receivables over the prior twelve (12) month period divided by the amount of average Gross Receivables over the prior twelve (12) month period.

1.23

 "Company Credit Guidelines" means those Borrower's guidelines (which have previously been reviewed and approved by the Bank, and with Bank's approval required for any material changes) which state in detail the credit criteria used by the Borrower in determining the creditworthiness of Policyholders.

1.24

"Consumer Finance Laws" means all applicable laws and regulations, federal, state and local, relating to financing of insurance premiums, the extension of consumer credit, and the creation of a security interest in personal property or a mortgage in real property in connection therewith, as the case may be, and laws with respect to protection of consumers' interests in connection with such transactions, including, without limitation, any usury laws, the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, RESPA, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Trade Commission's Rules and Regulations, and Regulations B and Z of the Federal Reserve Board, as any of the foregoing may be amended from time to time.

1.25

"Custodian" shall mean, (i) with respect to original Premium Finance Agreements printed in a tangible medium and other tangible collateral, William Koppelmann or such other person or institution as may be acceptable to the Bank from time to time and (ii) with respect to Electronic Contracts, an electronic vault provider approved by Bank or such other person or institution as may be acceptable to the Bank from time to time.

1.26

"Custodian Agreement" means that certain Custodian Agreement of even date  among the Custodian for the tangible collateral, Bank and Borrower, as the same may be modified, amended, renewed, extended or restated from time to time; and if the Custodian for the tangible collateral should be replaced, such term shall mean the similar agreement with such successor Custodian.

1.27

“Customer Receivables” means all accounts and accounts receivable of Borrower owed by Policyholders, all amounts owed to the Borrower under any Premium Finance Agreement, any other agreement or any instrument evidencing indebtedness of any Policyholder to Borrower.

1.28

"Default" shall mean the occurrence of any event, circumstance, or condition which constitutes, or would, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default.

1.29

“Dilution Reserve” equals the sum of the following: (a) the aggregate amount of reductions in Receivables other than as a result of payments in cash divided by (b) the aggregate amount of total Receivables.

1.30

"EBITDA" shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization.  EBITDA will be determined from financial statements prepared in accordance



7



 


with GAAP.  Extraordinary items of expense or income, and losses or gains from the sale of capital assets, will not be included in the calculation of EBITDA.

1.31

“Electronic Contracts” means Premium Finance Agreements evidenced by a record or records consisting of information stored in an electronic medium.

1.32

“Electronic Collateral Control Agreement” means a deposit vault control agreement by and among the Custodian with respect to Electronic Contracts, Borrower, and Bank, as the same may be amended, modified, renewed, or extended from time to time, pursuant to which such Custodian agrees to act as custodian for Bank with respect to any Collateral created, acquired or converted into electronic form, including but not limited to, Electronic Contracts, and hold and control in electronic form, the single Authoritative Copy of such Collateral.

1.33

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to that phrase in Article Eight.

1.34

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with reference to any period, (A) (i) the Borrower’s and the Entity Guarantor’s EBITDA for the period, minus (ii) unfinanced Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor during such period, minus (iii) taxes paid in cash, divided by (B) (i) the Borrower’s and the Entity Guarantor’s Total Interest Expense for such period, plus (ii) Borrower’s and Entity Guarantor’s principal repayments of non-revolving Funded Debt (excluding repayment of Subordinated Debt) for such period, plus (iii) dividends or other distributions, direct or indirect, on account of any stock of the Borrower or Entity Guarantor now or hereafter outstanding for such period, plus (iv) principal payments made by Borrower or Entity Guarantor on the Subordinated Debt, minus (v) the proceeds of any new Subordinated Debt incurred by Borrower or Entity Guarantor during the same period, all determined in accordance with GAAP.

1.35

"Funded Debt" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or similar evidences of indebtedness that by its terms matures more than one year from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at such Person's option under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of more than one year from the date of creation thereof, current maturities of long-term debt, revolving credit and short-term debt extendible beyond one year at the option of the debtor, and also including, in the case of Borrower and Entity Guarantor, the Loan, any term debt, capitalized lease obligations, and, without duplication, guaranteed indebtedness consisting of guaranties of Funded Debt of other Persons.

1.36

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, maintained through the period involved.

1.37

"Governmental Entity" means the United States of America, any State, and/or any political subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing.

1.38

"Gross Receivables" means the total outstanding balance (including any unearned interest, discounts, and charges owed with respect to such Premium Finance Agreements) on any of the Receivables.



8



 


1.39

"Guaranties" shall mean any and all guaranty agreements executed by the Guarantors, now or at any time hereafter, including the guaranty agreement(s), of even date herewith, executed by the Guarantors.

1.40

"Guarantors" shall mean Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation, William Koppelmann, an individual resident of the State of Florida, and Dr. Mark Kutner, an individual resident of the State of Florida, and any other Person who may hereafter execute a guaranty agreement guaranteeing the debt of the Borrower to the Bank.

1.41

"Hazardous Substances" shall mean and include all hazardous and toxic substances, wastes and materials, any pollutants or contaminants (including, without limitation, asbestos and raw materials which include hazardous constituents), and any other similar substances or materials which are included under or regulated by any local, state or federal law, rules or regulations pertaining to environmental regulation, contamination or clean-up, including, without limitation, "CERCLA," "RCRA" or state lien or superlien or environmental clean-up statutes (all such laws, rules and regulations being referred to collectively as "Environmental Laws").

1.42

“Insurance Guaranty Fund” means the fund established under the statutes or laws of any state to provide for the payment of claims against insolvent insurance companies.

1.43

"Intellectual Property" means all intellectual and similar property of a Person, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, customer lists, know-how, software and databases; all embodiments or fixations thereof and all related documentation, applications, registrations and franchises; all licenses or other rights to use any of the foregoing; and all books and records relating to the foregoing.

1.44

"Interest Rate Management Agreements" shall mean any interest rate management contracts with the Bank on behalf of the Borrower, now existing or hereafter entered into, which shall include, but are not limited to, interest rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), as any of the foregoing may be amended or modified.

1.45

"Lien" means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and including, but not limited to, the security interest or lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes, and including, but not limited to, reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, lease, financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or is vested in some other Person.



9



 


1.46

"Loan" means the aggregate of (i) unpaid advances from time to time outstanding pursuant to the provisions of this Loan Agreement, and (ii) the amount of any outstanding letters of credit issued by Bank for the account of the Borrower.  Unless the context shall otherwise require, the terms "extensions of credit" and "indebtedness," when used in connection with this Loan, shall also include any outstanding letters of credit issued by Bank for the account of the Borrower, and drafts accepted pursuant thereto, as well as loan advances disbursed to the Borrower.

1.47

"Loan Agreement" means this Loan Agreement among the Borrower, the Bank, and the Guarantors.

1.48

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Note, the Security Documents, the Guaranties, the Subordination Agreements, and the Authorization, as same may be amended, restated, or modified, and any other documents executed in connection with the closing of the Loan.

1.49

"Local Authorities" means, individually and collectively, the state and local governmental authorities which govern the business and operations owned or conducted by the Borrower.

1.50

"Maximum Rate" means the maximum effective variable contract rate of interest which the Bank may lawfully charge under applicable statutes and laws from time to time in effect.

1.51

"Net Receivables" means Gross Receivables less unearned interest, discounts, and charges.

1.52

"Note" means the Revolving Credit Note of the Borrower in the principal amount of Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00), which evidences the Loan, as such note may be modified, amended, renewed, restated or extended from time to time; and any other note or notes executed at any time to evidence the Loan in whole or in part.

1.53

"Obligations" shall mean any and all Loans, Bank Product Obligations, letters of credit and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by Borrower to Bank, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, whether arising under this Agreement, the Note, or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to the Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, and however acquired by Bank.

1.54

"OFAC" means the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control.



10



 


1.55

"PATRIOT Act" means the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended.

1.56

"Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean and include:

(a)

liens for taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges not in default or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(b)

workers', vendors', mechanics' and materialmen's liens and other liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business, and easements and encumbrances which are not substantial in character or amount and do not materially detract from the value or interfere with the intended use of the properties subject thereto and affected thereby;

(c)

liens in respect of pledges or deposits under social security laws, workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance or similar legislation and in respect of pledges or deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases or statutory obligations;

(d)

any liens and security interests specifically listed and described in Exhibit "B" hereto attached; and

(e)

such other liens and encumbrances to which Bank shall consent in writing.

1.57

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, joint venture or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof joint stock company, or non-incorporated organization, or any other entity of any kind whatsoever.

1.58

“Policyholder” means an owner of a policy of insurance, the premiums and/or payment of which are financed by Borrower under a Premium Finance Agreement.

1.59

“Premium Finance Agreement” means an agreement, however evidenced, by which a Policyholder agrees to repay to Borrower the premium cost on an insurance policy funded by the Borrower, which repayment is made to Borrower at a future date in one or more installments, together with a finance charge.

1.60

"Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

1.61

“Receivables” shall mean all Customer Receivables and all Carrier Receivables.

1.62

"Related Person" shall mean any Person (a) which now or hereafter directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Borrower, or (b) which now or hereafter beneficially owns or holds five percent (5%) or more of the capital stock or membership interest of the Borrower, or (c) five percent (5%) or more of the capital stock of membership interest of which is beneficially owned or held by the Borrower.  For the purposes hereof, "control" shall mean possession, directly or indirectly,



11



 


of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise.

1.63

"Sanctioned Country" means a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time.

1.64

"Sanctioned Person" means (a) a Person named on the list of "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/SDN-List/Pages/default.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (b) (i) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (ii) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (iii) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control.

1.65

"Security Agreement" shall mean the Security Agreement of the Borrower dated as of the date hereof, as same may be amended, modified or restated.

1.66

"Security Documents" shall mean the Security Agreement, and any other Loan Documents which secure the Obligations.

1.67

"State" means any state within the United States of America.

1.68

“Subordinated Debt” indebtedness of the Borrower and the indebtedness of Entity Guarantor to the respective creditors named in each Subordination Agreement, which indebtedness has been deferred and subordinated in priority of payment to the indebtedness and obligations of the Borrower and Entity Guarantor to Bank under the terms of a Subordination Agreement.

1.69

"Subordination Agreements" shall mean any and all Subordination Agreements now or hereafter entered into among the Borrower, the Entity Guarantor, the Bank, and any creditor of the Borrower or the Entity Guarantor from time to time, including the Subordination Agreement dated of even date herewith, as each of the same may be modified, amended, or restated, and in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

1.70

"Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which a Person directly or indirectly owns or controls at least a majority of the outstanding stock, partnership interest, or membership interests having general voting power.

1.71

"Tangible Net Worth"  means the excess of the book value of the assets of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor, over their liabilities, on a consolidated basis, calculated in accordance with GAAP, provided, however, that in performing such calculation there shall be (a) excluded from the assets of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor (i) any amount in respect of goodwill and intangible assets, (ii) any amounts owed to the Borrower or the Entity Guarantor by a Related Person, and (iii) any amounts owed to the Borrower by an employee of the Borrower or the Entity Guarantor or of any Related Person; and (b) included, as equity, any Subordinated Debt.



12



 


1.72

"Termination Date" shall mean the 3rd  day of February, 2023, unless such date is extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.12 hereof, in which event such extended date shall be the Termination Date.

1.73

"Total Interest Expense" means, with respect to the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor for any fiscal period, interest expense of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ended on such date, including, without limitation, interest expense with respect to any Funded Debt of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor.

1.74

"Total Liabilities" shall mean the liabilities of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP minus the amount of any Subordinated Debt.

1.75

"United States" means the government of the United States of America or any department, agency, division or instrumentality thereof.

ARTICLE TWO:

COMMITMENT AND FUNDING

2.1

The Commitment.  Subject to the terms and conditions herein set out, the Bank agrees and commits, from time to time, from the Closing Date until the Termination Date, to make loan advances to the Borrower, all in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the lesser of (a)  Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00); or (b) the Borrowing Base as defined in Article One.

2.2

Funding the Loan; Extending Credit.  Each loan advance hereunder shall be made by depositing the same to the checking account of the Borrower in Bank, as designated by the Borrower, or in such other manner as the Borrower and Bank may, from time to time, agree. In addition, if any lockbox and lockbox account is established by the Borrower with the Bank, all proceeds from the lockbox account shall be automatically and daily applied by the Bank to the payment of the Loan.

In addition, if any deposit account is maintained by the Borrower with the Bank, amounts in such deposit account may be automatically and daily applied by the Bank to the payment of the Loan. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Bank to charge any deposit account of the Borrower with the Bank for the purpose of paying any principal or interest on the Loans, fees, premiums and other sums payable hereunder, including reimbursing expenses pursuant to this Agreement and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans and that all such Loans so made shall be deemed to have been requested by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

2.3

The Note and Interest.

(a)

All advances with respect to the Loan shall be evidenced by the promissory note of the Borrower, payable to the order of the Bank in the principal amount of Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00), in form substantially the same as the copy of the Note attached hereto as Exhibit "C."  The entire unpaid principal amount of the Loan shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.  The unpaid principal balances of the Loan shall bear interest from the Closing Date on disbursed and unpaid principal balances as provided in the Note.  Said interest shall be



13



 


payable monthly on the first (1st) day of each month after the Closing Date, with the final installment of interest being due and payable on the Termination Date, or on such earlier date as the Loan becomes due and payable.

(b)

In the event that the Bank should at any time agree to increase the Committed Amount, the Borrower will either execute a new note for the amount of such increase, or a new note for the aggregate increased Committed Amount; and in either event, the term "Note," as used herein, shall be deemed to mean and include such new note, as the circumstances shall require.

2.4

Annual Facility Fee.  On the Closing Date and on each anniversary of the Closing Date while this Agreement is in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank a facility fee equal to 0.35% of the Committed Amount, in consideration of the Bank's agreement to make funds available to the Borrower under the terms and provisions hereof from the Closing Date until the Termination Date specified in Section One hereof. Borrower agrees that this facility fee is fair and reasonable considering the condition of the money market, the creditworthiness of the Borrower, the interest rate to be paid, and the nature of the security for the Loan.   

2.5

Unused Fee.  Borrower shall pay to Bank quarterly an unused line fee at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum (the "Unused Line Fee"), applied to the amount by which Committed Amount exceeds the outstanding principal balance of the outstanding Loans (and if the outstanding principal balance is $0.00, the Unused Line Fee shall be applied to the entire Committed Amount), calculated on a daily basis, during the immediately preceding calendar quarter (or part thereof) while this Agreement is in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee shall be payable on the first (1st) day of each calendar quarter in arrears (i.e., based on the immediately preceding calendar quarter).

2.6

Monitoring Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank monthly a monitoring fee in the amount of Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) (the “Monitoring Fee”) on the first (1st) day of each month while this Agreement is in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding. The annual Monitoring Fee shall cover the cost of up to two field exams during such twelve (12) month period. If Bank determines additional field exams are needed, Borrower shall pay for the cost of any additional field exams together with the Bank’s exam fee and shall reimburse the Bank for the Bank’s out-of-pocket costs associated therewith.

2.7

Early Termination Fee. The Borrower shall be permitted from time to time to make repayments and, in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, to obtain further extensions of credit on the Loan in accordance with its normal and usual credit needs; provided, however, if prepayment occurs on any date other than the initial or any subsequent Termination Date, Borrower shall pay an early termination fee at the time of such prepayment equal to (i) two percent (2%) of the Committed Amount if the prepayment is made on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) one percent (1%) of the Committed Amount if the prepayment is made after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and before the Termination Date. If the Bank terminates this Agreement before the Termination Date, Borrower will not be charged an early termination fee.



14



 


2.8

Reduction of Borrowing Limits.  Bank may, in its reasonable discretion, from time to time, upon two (2) days' notice to Borrower, reduce the lending formula with respect to Acceptable Receivables.

2.9

Availability Reserves.  All Loans otherwise available to Borrower pursuant to the Borrowing Base and subject to the maximum Committed Amount and other applicable limits hereunder shall be subject to Bank's continuing right to establish and revise Availability Reserves.

2.10

Increased Costs Generally.

(a)

If any Change in Law shall:

(i)

impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or advances, loans or other credit extended or participated in by, the Bank;

(ii)

subject the Bank to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank in respect thereof; or

(iii)

impose on the Bank any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Loans made by the Bank;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to the Bank of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan),  or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon written request of the Bank, the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)

Capital Requirements.  If Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting the Bank or the Bank's holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank's capital or on the capital of the Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the commitment of the Bank or the Loans made by the Bank, to a level below that which the Bank or the Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the Bank's policies and the policies of the Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon written request of the Bank, the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Bank, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank or the Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.  

(c)

Certificates for Reimbursement.  A certificate of the Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  



15



 


The Borrower shall pay, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d)

Delay in Requests.  Failure or delay on the part of the Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate the Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than twelve (12) months prior to the date that the Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of the Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor (except that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the twelve-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

ARTICLE THREE:

REQUIRED PAYMENTS, PLACE OF PAYMENT, ETC.

3.1

Required Repayments.  In the event that the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall at any time exceed the Borrower's Borrowing Base, the Borrower will, immediately upon discovery of the existence of such excess, make a principal payment which will reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Loan to an amount which does not exceed the Borrowing Base.

3.2

Place of Payments.  All payments of principal and interest on the Loan and all payments of fees required hereunder shall be made to the Bank, at its address listed at the beginning of this Agreement (Attention: First Horizon Business Credit), in immediately available funds.

3.3

Payment on Nonbusiness Days.  Whenever any payment of principal, interest or fees to be made on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note shall fall due on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday under the laws of the State of Florida, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE FOUR:

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

4.1

Conditions Precedent to Closing and Funding Initial Advance.  The obligation of the Bank to close the Loan and fund the initial Loan advance hereunder is subject to the condition precedent that the Bank on or before the Closing Date shall have received all of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

(a)

This Loan Agreement.

(b)

The Note.

(c)

The Security Agreement.

(d)

Such Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements as the Bank may require in order to give record notice of its security interest in the items listed as collateral in the Security Agreement, accompanied by the Borrower's check in an amount sufficient to pay all recording fees and taxes for the recording of such Financing Statements.



16



 


(e)

The Guaranties of the Guarantors on the Bank's standard form.

(f)

Certified corporate resolutions of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor, and certificate(s) of good standing for the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor from the respective states of their incorporation and such other states as Bank shall require, together with a copy of the charter and bylaws of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor.

(g)

UCC lien searches from such recording offices as Bank shall specify, evidencing the priority of the Bank's lien(s) under the Security Agreements over any other liens or encumbrances.

(h)

The opinion of Borrower's counsel that the transactions herein contemplated have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate authority, that this Loan Agreement and the other instruments and documents herein referred to have been duly authorized, validly executed and are in full force and effect, and pertaining to such other matters as the Bank may require.

(i)

Such landlord waivers or mortgagee waivers as Bank may require from any landlords or mortgagees who have or may claim any lien upon or security interest in any of collateral described in the Security Agreements.

(j)

A certificate from an insurance broker, satisfactory to Bank setting forth the information concerning insurance which is required by Section 6.3 of this Loan Agreement; or, if the Bank shall so require, the original insurance policies evidencing such insurance.

(k)

Custodian Agreement executed by Custodian, Borrower, and Bank.

(l)

The Authorization.

(m)

Subordination Agreement for all Subordinated Debt existing as of the Closing Date in the form of Exhibit “H” attached hereto.

(n)

The Notice of Receipt and Acknowledgment by the Custodian (the "Custodian Acknowledgment"), in form and substance substantially the same as Exhibit "E," attached hereto, containing a description of all Collateral, including all original Premium Finance Agreements, and containing a certification by the Custodian as to the correctness of the description of the Premium Finance Agreements and other Collateral, and containing an acknowledgment that he holds the Premium Finance Agreements as bailee for the Bank (note that the Premium Finance Agreements that are kept as hard copies rather than electronically must be delivered to the Custodian as reassigned by the prior lender within ten (10) days of closing) .

(o)

A notification of assignment of interest in unearned premium (the “Notices”), in form attached hereto as Exhibit “J”, to all of the insurers issuing policies, the premiums of which are financed under Premium Finance Agreements and



17



 


evidence of the delivery of such Notices to the insurers shall be provided to the Bank within ten (10) days of closing.

(p)

The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall have provided to the Bank the documentation and other information requested by the Bank in order to comply with requirements of the PATRIOT Act.

(q)

If required by Bank, with respect to Electronic Contracts, evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Bank that any such Electronic Contracts have been transmitted to the Custodian with respect to Electronic Contracts, subject to the terms and conditions of the Electronic Collateral Control Agreement, together with such certifications from such Custodian that Bank may reasonably require confirming same.  

(r)

Such other information and documentation as Bank shall deem to be necessary or desirable in connection with the funding of the Loan.

4.2

Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of the Bank to extend credit or make loan advances pursuant hereto (including the initial advance at the Closing Date) shall be subject to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a)

The Borrower shall have furnished to the Bank each of the items referred to in Section 4.1 hereof, all of which shall remain in full force and effect as of the date of such requested credit extension or loan advance (notwithstanding that the Bank may not have required any such item to be furnished prior to the Closing Date).

(b)

Borrower shall not be in default of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any instrument or document now or at any time hereafter evidencing or securing all or any part of the Loan indebtedness and extensions of credit.  Each of the warranties and representations of the Borrower, as set out in Article Five hereof shall remain true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Loan advance.

(c)

On the Closing Date and thereafter as frequently as required by Section 6.6 hereof, Borrower shall furnish to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate executed by an Authorized Agent in the form of Exhibit "F" hereto attached.

(d)

As frequently as required by Section 6.6 hereof, Borrower shall furnish a Compliance Certificate executed by an Authorized Agent in the form of Exhibit "G" hereto attached.

(e)

On the Closing Date and thereafter as frequently as required by the Bank, the Borrower shall forward to the Custodian (with a copy to the Bank) a schedule in form satisfactory to the Bank setting forth the items of Premium Finance Agreements which the Borrower is submitting to the Bank.  Such schedule shall contain a brief description of each Premium Finance Agreement, a blanket assignment of such Premium Finance Agreement, and a blanket warranty that such Premium Finance Agreements conform to the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement.



18



 


(f)

Borrower shall have delivered to Custodian, to the extent there are originals, the originals of all Premium Finance Agreements then owned by it, all duly assigned to the Bank, with the Bank's security interest noted on such Premium Finance Agreements.

(g)

The Custodian shall have promptly delivered to the Borrower and the Bank the Custodian Acknowledgment as to any additional Premium Finance Agreements acquired by the Borrower.

(h)

All existing Premium Finance Agreements shall be duly marked as being assigned to the Bank.

ARTICLE FIVE:

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower and Entity Guarantor represent and warrant that:

5.1

Incorporation and Subsidiaries. Each of Borrower and Entity Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida, and each has the power and authority to own its properties and assets and is duly qualified to carry on its business in every jurisdiction wherein such qualification is necessary.  

5.2

Power and Authority.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents, executed pursuant thereto by the Borrower and Entity Guarantor, have been duly authorized by all requisite action and will not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of government, the organizational documents of the Borrower or Entity Guarantor, any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or Entity Guarantor is a party, or by which the Borrower's or Entity Guarantor’s properties or assets are bound, or be in conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Borrower or Entity Guarantor, except for liens and other encumbrances provided for and securing the indebtedness covered by this Loan Agreement.

5.3

Financial Condition.

(a)

(i)  The balance sheet of the Borrower and of Entity Guarantor for the fiscal year ended as of December 31, 2019, and the related statement of income, retained earnings and changes in the financial condition for the year then ended, which has been certified by the Borrower's and the Entity Guarantor’s respective independent Certified Public Accountant, and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Borrower and of Entity Guarantor dated as of September 30, 2020, a copy of each of which has been furnished to the Bank together with any explanatory notes therein referred to and attached thereto, are correct and complete and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor as of the respective dates of said balance sheets and the results of their respective operations for said periods. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(b)

There has been no material adverse change in the business, properties or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower since September 30, 2020.



19



 


5.4

Title to Assets. Each of Borrower and Entity Guarantor has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets reflected on the balance sheets referred to in Section 5.3 hereof, except for (i) such assets as have been disposed of since said date as no longer used or useful in the conduct of business, (ii) Receivables collected and properly accounted for, and (iii) items which have been amortized in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and all such properties and assets are free and clear of mortgages, pledges, liens, charges and other encumbrances, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions hereof.

5.5

Litigation.  There is no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental instrumentality or other agency now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any properties or rights of the Borrower or any Guarantor which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the financial or any other condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.6

Taxes.  Each of Borrower and Entity Guarantor has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state or local tax returns which are required to be filed, and has paid all taxes as shown on said returns or on any assessment received by each, to the extent that such taxes have become due, except as otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

5.7

Contracts or Restrictions Affecting Borrower or Entity Guarantor. Neither Borrower nor Entity Guarantor is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restrictions adversely affecting its respective business, properties or assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise).

5.8

No Default.  Neither Borrower nor Entity Guarantor is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants, or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party, which will or might in the foreseeable future materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Borrower or Entity Guarantor.

5.9

Patents and Trademarks.  Borrower and Entity Guarantor possess all necessary patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and licenses necessary to the conduct of their respective businesses.

5.10

ERISA.  Borrower and Entity Guarantor are each in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") and all other laws, state or federal, applicable to any employees' retirement plan maintained or established by either of them.

5.11

No Subsidiaries.  Borrower does not own all or a substantial part of the stock (or other ownership interest) in any other corporation (or other form of business organization). Entity Guarantor does not own all or a substantial part of the stock (or other ownership interest) in any other corporation (or other form of business organization) other than Borrower.  

5.12

Hazardous Substances.  No Hazardous Substances are located on or have been stored, processed or disposed of on or released or discharged (including ground water contamination) from any property owned or leased by the Borrower or Entity Guarantor, and no aboveground or underground storage tanks exist on such property.  No private or governmental



20



 


lien or judicial or administrative notice or action related to Hazardous Substances or other environmental matters has been filed against any property owned or leased by the Borrower or Entity Guarantor or otherwise issued to or received by Borrower or Entity Guarantor.

5.13

Compliance.  Each of Borrower and Entity Guarantor is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, federal, state and local (including, without limitation, all Consumer Finance Laws, and all others relating to the extension of consumer credit and protection of consumers' interests with respect thereto and those administered by the Local Authorities), material to the conduct of its respective business and operations.  Each of Borrower and Entity Guarantor possesses all the franchises, permits, licenses, certificates of compliance and approval and grants of authority necessary or required in the conduct of its business (including, but not limited to all licenses in each state necessary for Borrower to enter into Premium Finance Agreements with Policyholders who are residents of such state) and the same are valid, binding, enforceable and subsisting without any defaults thereunder of enforceable adverse limitations thereon and are not subject to any proceedings or claims opposing the issuance, development or use thereof or contesting the validity thereof; and no approvals, waivers or consents, governmental [federal, state or local] or non-governmental, under the terms of contract or otherwise, are required by reason of or in connection with the Borrower's or the Entity Guarantor’s execution and performance of the Loan Documents.

5.14

Acceptable Receivables.  The Receivables included in each Borrowing Base Certificate submitted to the Bank constitute Acceptable Receivables within the meaning of this Loan Agreement.

5.15

OFAC.  Neither Borrower, Entity Guarantor, nor any Subsidiary (a) is an "enemy" or an "ally of the enemy" within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended; (b) is in violation of (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (ii) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or (iii) the PATRIOT Act; or (c) is a Sanctioned Person.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

5.16

Premium Finance Agreements. The form of Premium Finance Agreement furnished to the Bank by Borrower, copies of such Premium Finance Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit "D") is the form which is currently being used to evidence the Borrower's financing of current, new, and renewal insurance premiums.  Where required, the form, new or revised, has been filed with and approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities and each Premium Finance Agreement complies with the laws and regulations applicable thereto in the particular state of the Policyholder, including, but not limited to laws concerning the finance of insurance premiums. Each Premium Finance Agreement of a Policyholder, the outstanding amounts of which are included in the Borrowing Base, conform to the requirements of Acceptable Receivables.

5.17

Electronic Contracts. If required by Bank, Borrower shall do the following:



21



 


If the Authoritative Copy of any Premium Finance Agreement is evidenced by an electronic Record (as defined in the Code):

(a)

such electronic Record and the execution thereof is in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (as, and if, adopted by relevant jurisdiction) and the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act;

(b)

if such Premium Finance Agreement is initially an Electronic Contract, each of the parties to such Premium Finance Agreement agreed to conduct the transaction evidenced by such Premium Finance Agreement by electronic means;

(c)

if such Premium Finance Agreement is initially an Electronic Contract, Borrower or its electronic service provider utilizes security procedures designed to determine the Person to which such Premium Finance Agreement and the electronic signature thereof are attributable;

(d)

Borrower or its electronic service provider provides a mechanism for the prevention or correction of errors in such electronic Records;

(e)

if not converted to a tangible medium, such Premium Finance Agreement was created or converted, stored and assigned in such a manner that: (1) a single Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement exists that is unique, identifiable and, except as otherwise provided in Section 9-105(b)(4), (5) and (6) of the Code, unalterable, (2) the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement identifies Bank as the secured party or assignee of such Premium Finance Agreement, (3) the Authoritative Copy of such Chattel Premium Finance Agreement has been communicated to the Custodian with respect to Electronic Contracts, to hold for the benefit of Bank, (4) copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement can be made only with the consent of Bank, (5) each copy of the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement and any copy of a copy of such Premium Finance Agreement is readily identifiable as a copy that is not the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement, (6) any revision of the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision, (7) a copy of such Premium Finance Agreement is accessible to Bank;

(f)

if converted to a tangible medium, the Authoritative Copy of such Premium Finance Agreement has been delivered to Bank or the Custodian with respect to tangible collateral, to hold for the benefit of Bank; and

(g)

if converted from a tangible medium to an electronic medium, the Person generating such Premium Finance Agreement has deleted, destroyed or obliterated all paper documents and digital copies of tangible Premium Finance Agreement or has otherwise stamped all such related tangible Premium Finance Agreement indicating it is not an Authoritative Copy.

5.18

Subordinated Debt. As of the Closing Date, all of the Subordinated Debt is listed on Exhibit “I” attached hereto. The Subordinated Debt is in existence and in full force and effect, no party to the documents evidencing the Subordinated Debt is in default thereunder, and the Borrower and Entity Guarantor have made all interest payments required to be paid to date.




22



 


ARTICLE SIX:

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWER

Each of Borrower and each Guarantor (as applicable) covenants and agrees that, from the date hereof and until payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Loan, unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing, such consent to be at the discretion of the Bank, it will:

6.1

Business and Existence.  Perform all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective existence, rights and franchises, comply with all laws applicable to it and continue to conduct and operate its respective business substantially as conducted and operated during the present and preceding calendar years.

6.2

Maintain Property.  Maintain, preserve, and protect all franchises, and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its respective properties used or useful in the conduct of its respective business substantially as conducted and operated during the present and preceding fiscal year; preserve all the remainder of its respective properties used or useful in the conduct of its respective business and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needed and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

6.3

Insurance.

(a)

At all times maintain in some company or companies (having a Best's rating of A:XI or better) approved by Bank:

(i)

comprehensive public liability insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death, and property damage, with minimum limits satisfactory to the Bank, but in any event not less than those amounts customarily maintained by companies in the same or substantially similar business;

(ii)

business interruption insurance and/or loss of rents insurance in a minimum amount specified by Bank, with loss payable clause in favor of Bank;

(iii)

hazard insurance insuring Borrower's and Entity Guarantor’s property and assets against loss by fire (with extended coverage) and against such other hazards and perils (including, but not limited to, loss by windstorm, hail, explosion, riot, aircraft, smoke, vandalism, malicious mischief and vehicle damage) as Bank, in its sole discretion, shall from time to time require, all such insurance to be issued in such form, with such deductible provision, and for such amount as shall be satisfactory to Bank, with loss payable clause in favor of Bank as to any such insurance maintained with respect to any of the Collateral.  The Bank is hereby authorized and empowered, at its option, to adjust or compromise any loss under any such insurance policies maintained with respect to any of the Collateral and to collect and receive the proceeds from any such policy or policies; and



23



 


(iv)

such other insurance as the Bank may, from time to time, reasonably require by notice in writing to the Borrower.

(b)

All required insurance policies under Section 6.3(a) shall provide for not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Bank of any cancellation, amendment, termination, or lapse; and in all such liability insurance policies, Bank shall be named as an additional insured.  Each such policy shall, in addition, provide that there shall be no recourse against the Bank for payment of premiums or other amounts with respect thereto.  Hazard insurance policies shall contain the agreement of the insurer that any loss thereunder shall be payable to the Bank notwithstanding any action, inaction or breach of representation or warranty by the Borrower. The Borrower will deliver to Bank original or duplicate policies of such insurance, or satisfactory certificates of insurance, and, as often as Bank may reasonably request, a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance.  Any insurance proceeds received by Bank shall be applied upon the indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations of the Borrower and/or the Guarantors to the Bank (whether matured or unmatured) or, at Bank's option, released to the Borrower.

6.4

Obligations, Taxes and Liens.  Pay all of its respective indebtedness and obligations promptly in accordance with normal terms and practices of its respective business and pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged promptly all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon any of its respective income, profits, or properties, real, personal or mixed, or upon any part thereof, before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials, and supplies which otherwise, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that the Borrower and Entity Guarantor shall not be required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged any such tax, assessment, trade payable, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings satisfactory to Bank, and Bank shall be furnished, if Bank shall so request, bond or other security protecting it against loss in the event that such contest should be adversely determined.

6.5

Financial Reports and Other Data.  

(a)

Furnish to the Bank as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and statements of income and surplus of Borrower which have been audited by a certified professional accountant acceptable to the Bank, showing the financial condition of Borrower and at the close of such year and the results of operations during such year; and, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, financial statements similar to those mentioned above, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, certified by an Authorized Agent, such balance sheets to be as of the end of each such month, and such statements of income and surplus to be for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month, in each case subject only to audit and year-end adjustment.  The certificate of the Authorized Agent shall state that the attached financial statement, together with any explanatory notes therein referred to and attached thereto, is correct and complete and fairly presents the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date of the financial statement, and the results of their operations for the period ending on the date reflected in said financial statement; and that such financial statement has been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, Borrower shall provide the tax returns of Borrower and the Entity Guarantor within thirty (30) days from filing, and if a request



24



 


for extension has been filed with the IRS and a copy of such extension is to be provided to the Bank  All of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(b)

Furnish to the Bank as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Entity Guarantor, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and statements of income and surplus of the Entity Guarantor which have been audited by a certified professional accountant acceptable to the Bank, showing the financial condition of the Entity Guarantor and at the close of such year and the results of operations during such year; and, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, financial statements similar to those mentioned above, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, certified by an authorized officer of the Entity Guarantor, such balance sheets to be as of the end of each such month, and such statements of income and surplus to be for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month, in each case subject only to audit and year-end adjustment.  The certificate of the authorized officer of the Entity Guarantor shall state that the attached financial statement, together with any explanatory notes therein referred to and attached thereto, is correct and complete and fairly presents the financial condition of the Entity Guarantor as of the date of the financial statement, and the results of their operations for the period ending on the date reflected in said financial statement; and that such financial statement has been prepared in accordance with GAAP. All of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(c)

Furnish to the Bank as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of calendar year, the personal financial statements of each Individual Guarantor certified as true and correct, to their respective knowledge, by each Individual Guarantor. Additionally, Borrower shall provide the personal tax returns of the Individual Guarantors within thirty (30) days from filing, and if a request for extension has been filed with the IRS and a copy of such extension is to be provided to the Bank  All of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

6.6

Borrowing Base Certificate/Compliance Certificate/Inventory Reports/ Receivables.

(a)

Furnish to Bank monthly, on or before the tenth (10th) day of each month (or at such other frequency as Bank may require), a Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit "F" attached hereto; and

(b)

furnish to Bank quarterly within thirty days of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, (or at such other frequency a Bank may require), and annually with the annual financial statement referenced in Section 6.5(a), a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit "G" attached hereto, together with a worksheet, in form acceptable to the Bank, showing how each financial covenant reported on the Compliance Certificate was calculated and showing the current schedule and calculation of Subordinated Debt and a summary of any new or replacement Subordinated Debt;

(c)

on or before the tenth (10th) day of each calendar month, furnish to Bank a Receivables aging report which shall report Borrower’s total Receivables as of the close of business for the previous month.  The Receivables shall be divided into



25



 


categories, according to whether such Receivables remain contractually past due for more than thirty (30) days, or for more than sixty (60) days, or for more than ninety (90) days, or for more than one hundred twenty (120) days.  In such reports the amounts of Receivables that are involved in a Bankruptcy Proceeding shall be clearly identified; and

(d)

promptly upon the receipt thereof, a copy of any management letter or written report submitted to Borrower or Entity Guarantor by its respective independent certified public accountants regarding the financial condition, operations, accounting controls, business or prospects of the Borrower or Entity Guarantor.

(e)

To the extent that any of the foregoing reports are submitted electronically by internet e-mail, by facsimile, or by electronic website pursuant to procedures established by the Bank for submissions, such reports shall be deemed to have been made and certified by an Authorized Agent of the Borrower by the applicable method as follows: (i) if the e-mail received by the Bank shows it was sent from an Authorized Agent’s e-mail address; (ii) if the facsimile sent to the Bank is signed by an Authorized Agent, (iii) if the Borrower completes a prescribed notice or communication on the designated intranet website and causes the report to be permanently saved on the website, once downloaded by Bank it shall be considered received by Bank, or (iv) if the Bank has sent a user name and temporary password to an Authorized Agent in order to enable the Borrower to gain access to the designated intranet website, an Authorized Agent or any person to whom an Authorized Agent has given the user name and temporary password, sets up a permanent user name and password (and if set up by an Authorized Agent, an Authorized Agent provides this information to such third party), and an Authorized Agent or such third party uses the permanent user name and password to gain access to the intranet website and thereafter makes electronic submissions to the Bank via use of this intranet website.

6.7

Notice of Default.  At the time of the Borrower's or any Guarantor’s first knowledge or notice, furnish the Bank with written notice of the occurrence of any event or the existence of any event, circumstance, or condition which constitutes or upon notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the terms of this Loan Agreement.

6.8

Additional Information.  Furnish such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower and Gurantors as Bank may reasonably request, including, but not limited, to accounts payable aging reports, written confirmation of requests for loan advances and other extensions of credit, true and exact copies of its books of account and tax returns, and all information furnished to shareholders, or any governmental authority, including the results of any stock valuation performed, and permit the copying of the same.

6.9

Maximum Total Balance Sheet Leverage Ratio.   Maintain at all times beginning on the Closing Date consolidated with Entity Guarantor, a ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth of not more than 3.0 to 1.0, to be tested as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower.



26



 


6.10

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Maintain at all times on a consolidated basis with Entity Guarantor, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not less than 1.25 to 1.00, to be tested as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, calculated on a trailing 12-month basis.

6.11

Right of Inspection.  Permit any person designated by the Bank, at the Borrower's expense, to visit and inspect any of the properties, corporate books and financial reports of the Borrower and Guarantors, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its principal officers, at all such reasonable times and as often as the Bank may reasonably request.

6.12

Books and Records. Borrower and Entity Guarantor shall maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP, including, without limitation, books and records regarding the Collateral, in which true, correct and complete entries shall be made.

6.13

Environmental Laws.  Maintain at all times all of Borrower's and Entity Guarantor’s property in compliance with all Environmental Laws, and immediately notify the Bank of any notice, action, lien or other similar action alleging either the location of any Hazardous Substances or the violation of any Environmental Laws with respect to any of Borrower's property or operations.

6.14

Notice of Default.  At the time of the Borrower's or any Guarantor’s first knowledge or notice, furnish the Bank with written notice of the occurrence of any event or the existence of any event, circumstance, or condition which constitutes or upon notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the terms of this Loan Agreement.

6.15

Notice of Adverse Change in Borrower or Assets.  At the time of the Borrower's or any Guarantor’s first knowledge or notice, immediately notify the Bank of any information that may adversely affect in any material manner either (a) the assets of the Borrower or such Guarantor, including, but not limited to, the amount or collectability of any Receivables, (b) the business, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Borrower or such Guarantor, or (c) the occurrence of any event set forth in Section 9.28 hereof.

6.16

Litigation.  Borrower and each Guarantor will promptly notify Bank of any litigation action instituted or, to Borrower's knowledge, threatened against the Borrower or any Guarantor.

6.17

Indemnification.  Indemnify the Bank, and hold it harmless of and from any and all loss, cost, damage or expense, of every kind and nature, including reasonable attorneys' fees, which the Bank could or might incur by reason of any violation of any Environmental Laws by Borrower or by any predecessors or successors to title to any property of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

6.18

Lockbox and Lockbox Account.  If required by the Bank, Borrower shall maintain one or more lockboxes (the "Lockboxes") and lockbox accounts (the "Lockbox Accounts") with the Bank and shall cause all Policyholders (and insurers with respect to all Carrier Receivables) to send all payments on Receivables to the Lockbox. Borrower and all of its affiliates, subsidiaries, shareholders, directors, employees or agents shall, acting as trustee for Bank, receive any monies, checks, notes, drafts or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Receivables, or other Collateral which come into its possession or under its control and



27



 


immediately upon receipt thereof, shall deposit or cause the same to be deposited in the respective Lockbox Accounts, or remit the same or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to Bank.

6.19

Landlord Waivers. With respect to any new location operated by the Borrower following the date of this Agreement, if any of the Collateral is stored at such location owned by a Person other than the Borrower, prior to locating any Collateral at such location, the Borrower shall provide the Bank an agreement in writing from the owner of such premises in form and substance satisfactory to Bank acknowledging Bank's first priority security interest in the Collateral, waiving security interests and claims by such person against the Collateral and permitting Bank's  access to, and the right to remain on, the premises so as to exercise Bank's rights and remedies and otherwise deal with the Collateral.

6.20

Deposit Accounts.  Borrower shall maintain all of its deposit accounts with the Bank.

6.21

Delivery of Premium Finance Agreements.  

(a)

All Premium Finance Agreements of the Borrower entered into after the Closing Date shall be marked as follows: “Your loan and this Agreement have been collaterally assigned to First Horizon Bank.”

(b)

All Premium Finance Agreements that have been assigned to another lender other than such items that are assigned to a lender described as a Permitted Encumbrance must on the Closing Date be reassigned to the Borrower under a duly authorized release and assignment by the Person named as assignee (the "Prior Lender") on each Premium Finance Agreement (or such successor or assign of such Prior Lender), provided that if the reassignments to the Borrower are reassigned to the Borrower by a Person other than the Prior Lender, the Borrower must provide evidenced satisfactory to the Bank that the person executing said reassignment is the legal successor or assignee of the Prior Lender.  Borrower must have obtained authorization from said Prior Lender to remove all notations concerning the prior assignment and interest of the Prior Lender from each Premium Finance Agreements.

(c)

Borrower shall deliver to the Custodian for tangible collateral under the Custodian Agreement, as bailee and designee of the Bank, or upon the request of the Bank, to the Bank or its designee, the Collateral (other than Electronic Contracts), including, but not limited to, all of the Borrower's Books and Records including all computers, computer related equipment, tapes and software.  The parties hereto agree that the Custodian for the tangible collateral under the Custodian Agreement shall be deemed to be the designee of the Bank.  Bank shall have the right to direct or redirect the delivery of all or any of the foregoing items to any other designee. Furthermore, at Bank's request, Borrower shall deliver the Collateral directly to the Bank.

(d)

If required by Bank, Borrower shall execute an Electronic Collateral Control Agreement with the Custodian with respect to Electronic Contracts and, with respect to any Electronic Contracts and other electronic Collateral held or to be held by such Custodian, take any and all reasonable steps to ensure delivery and control of Electronic Contracts, including any tangible Premium Finance Agreements converted to Electronic Contracts, to such Custodian to hold for the benefit of Bank, by using such Custodian’s approved electronic vaulting system or



28



 


other electronic system reasonably acceptable to Bank, such that Bank’s security interest in and to such Electronic Contracts and such other electronic Collateral held by such Custodian shall, to the extent applicable, and to the reasonable satisfaction of Bank, continuously be perfected by “control,” in accordance with Section 9-105 of the Code.  Borrower agrees and acknowledges that Bank shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to provide notifications and instructions to such Custodian under the Electronic Collateral Control Agreement without the consent of or notice to Borrower.

6.22

Compliance with Law.

(a)

All Receivables shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, proclamations, statues, orders and interpretations at the time when the Bank obtains any interest therein pursuant to the Security Agreement.

(b)

Borrower shall comply in all respects with all local, state and federal laws and regulations applicable to its business, including, without limitation, the Consumer Finance Laws, and all laws and regulations of the Local Authorities, and the provisions and requirements of all franchises, permits, certificates of compliance and approval issued by regulatory authorities and other like grants of authority held by the Borrower; and notify Bank immediately (and in detail) of any actual or alleged failure to comply with or perform, breach, violation or default under any such laws or regulations or under the terms of any such franchises or licenses, grants of authority, of the occurrence or existence of any facts or circumstances which with the passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise could create such a breach, violation or default or could occasion the termination of any such franchises or grants of authority.

6.23

Operations.  Borrower shall maintain satisfactory credit underwriting and operating standard, including, with respect to each Policyholder of each Receivable, the completion of an adequate investigation of such Policyholder and a determination that the credit history and anticipated performance of such Policyholder is and will be satisfactory and meets the standards generally observed by prudent finance companies.

6.24

Additional Information.  Furnish such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower and Guarantors as Bank may reasonably request, including, but not limited to, accounts payable aging reports, written confirmation of requests for loan advances and other extensions of credit, true and exact copies of its books of account and tax returns, and all information furnished to shareholders, or any governmental authority, including the results of any stock valuation performed, and permit the copying of the same.

6.25

Further Assurances. Borrower and Guarantors shall execute such further documentation as may be reasonably requested by Bank to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and preserve and protect the liens of the Bank on the Collateral.

6.26

Company Credit Guidelines. The Borrower shall not make any material changes in the Company Credit Guidelines (a copy of which has been previously furnished by the Borrower to the Bank) without the Bank's prior written consent, which Bank may withhold in its



29



 


sole and absolute discretion.  The Borrower shall not enter into or otherwise acquire Premium Finance Agreements which to not comply with the Company Credit Guidelines.

6.27

Verification.  Bank shall have the right at any time or times, in the Borrower's name, Bank's name or in the name of a nominee of Bank, including, but not limited to, any third party agent or contractor engaged by the Bank, to verify the existence, validity, amount, term or any other matter relating to any Receivable or other Collateral, by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or otherwise, and the Bank, or any nominee of the Bank, including, but not limited to, any third party agent or contractor engaged by the Bank,  shall at all times be entitled to contact Policyholders (or insurers with respect to Carrier Receivables) with regard to the foregoing. The Borrower shall cooperate fully with Bank and its agents and contractors, in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.

6.28

Notification of Premium Finance. Promptly upon the extension of credit under a Premium Finance Agreement, send to any insurer issuing the policy the premiums on which are being financed, a copy of the specific Premium Finance Agreement, or otherwise notify said insurer of the assignment by the insured to the Borrower of the rights to unearned premiums. Promptly upon financing premiums under a Premium Finance Agreement, if required by the Bank, send notices of the assignment of unearned premiums to the insurer in substantially the same form as the Notices given under Section 4.1(o), with a copy to the Bank.

6.29

Subordinated Debt.

(a)

For each subordinated note subject to a Subordination Agreement, (i) if issued after the date hereof or amended or extended after the date hereof, include a legend on such subordinated note that specifies that the Subordinated Debt is shall at all times remain subordinated in right and time of payment to the extent and in the manner set forth in the applicable Subordination Agreement to the payment in full of the Superior Debt (as defined in the Subordination Agreement), and (ii) extend the maturity date of such subordinated note to a date subsequent to the Termination Date.   

(b)

For any new Subordinated Debt incurred after the Closing Date in compliance with Section 7.8 of this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver or provide to Bank the following: on or before the date that is 10 days after Borrower’s execution of a new subordinated note for each new subordinated creditor, (i) a signature page of such new creditor evidencing such new creditor’s joinder as a Subordinated Creditor under the Subordination Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "H", and (ii) a copy of the executed subordinated note in form and substance satisfactory to Bank which extends the maturity date of such Subordinated Debt to a date subsequent to the Termination Date and includes a legend as required by Section 6.29(a) above.

6.30

Post-Closing Covenants.

(a)

Borrower and Entity Guarantor shall provide evidence satisfactory to Bank that Borrower and Entity Guarantor collectively have at least Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000.00) of Subordinated Debt outstanding within sixty (60) days following the Closing Date.

(b)

 [insert additional post-closing items as needed]



30



 


ARTICLE SEVEN:

NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWERS

Borrower and Entity Guarantor covenant and agree that, at all times from and after the Closing Date, unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing, such consent to be at the discretion of the Bank, it will not, either directly or indirectly:

7.1

Indebtedness.  Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any indebtedness or liability for borrowed money, or on account of deposit, advance or progress payments under contracts, or any other indebtedness or liability, including, but not limited to, indebtedness evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, except:

(a)

indebtedness to the Bank arising under this Loan Agreement and evidenced by the Note;

(b)

indebtedness for borrowed money under notes and lease obligations reflected in Borrower's and Entity Guarantor’s respective financial statements dated as of September 30, 2020, but excluding those indebtedness and obligations which have been or concurrently herewith are being paid and satisfied;

(c)

trade accounts payable, taxes payable, deferred sales, accrued employees' bonuses and withheld amounts, accrued liabilities with respect to contributions to pension plans and other similar short-term obligations incurred by the Borrower or Entity Guarantor in the normal course of operating its business, provided that the amount of such obligations shall not be unduly large, in the reasonable judgment of the Bank, considering the size and nature of Borrower’s or Entity Guarantor’s business, and provided that the Borrower and Entity Guarantor shall not be in default with respect to any of such obligations; and

(d)

Subordinated Debt of the Borrower and the Entity Guarantor that complies in all respects with this Agreement and the Subordination Agreement(s).

7.2

Mortgages, Liens, Etc.  Create, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any of its assets, now or hereafter owned, except for:

(a)

liens securing payment of the Loan;

(b)

existing liens securing indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(b) above; and

(c)

Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in Article One).

7.3

Guaranties.  Except pursuant to the Guaranty, guarantee or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for the indebtedness or obligations of any other Person, by any means whatsoever, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of any other Person or agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other Person through the purchase of goods, supplies or services (or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan) for the purpose of paying or discharging the indebtedness of any other Person, or otherwise, except for the endorsement of negotiable instruments by the Borrower or Entity Guarantor in the ordinary course of business for collection.



31



 


7.4

Sale of Assets.  Sell, lease, transfer or dispose of all or a material part of its assets or sell, transfer, discount or otherwise dispose of any Receivables, or note or instrument payable to the Borrower, with or without recourse, except to Bank.

7.5

Consolidation or Merger; Acquisition of Assets. Enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, acquire any other business or corporation, or acquire all or substantially all of the property or assets of any other Person.

7.6

Loans and Investments.  Make any loans to or investments in, or, purchase any stock, other securities or evidence of indebtedness of any Person, except as follows: (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or obligations for which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged to provide for the payment of principal and interest; (ii) marketable securities issued by an agency of the United States government; (iii) commercial paper rated "A-1" by Standard and Poors Corporation, or "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (iv) certificates of deposit of, or bankers' acceptances accepted by, domestic commercial banks in the United States of America having a combined capital and surplus of at least Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00); or (v) repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing.

7.7

Sale of Receivables.  Sell, discount or otherwise dispose of any of its Receivables or Premium Finance Agreements or any promissory note or obligation held by it, with or without recourse.

7.8

Dividends, Redemptions and Other Payments (a) Declare or pay, or set aside any sum for the payment of, any dividends or make any other distribution upon any membership interests or shares of its capital stock of any class; or (b) purchase, redeem or other otherwise acquire for value any membership interests or shares of its capital stock of any class, or commit to do any of same, or set aside any sum therefor, or permit any subsidiary to purchase or acquire for value any membership interests or shares of its capital stock of any class, or commit to do any of the same, or set aside any sum therefor; or (c) make any payment to a profit sharing plan or to any other retirement or pension plan to or for the benefit of management members or shareholders, or (d) make any payments Subordinated Debt except as permitted under the Subordination Agreements; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, and provided that the payment of such dividend, distribution, or principal Subordinated Debt would not result in (or reasonably be expected to result in) an Event of Default, the Borrower and Entity Guarantor may make dividends, distributions, and principal payments on the Subordinated Debt so long as the aggregate principal amount of all Subordinated Debt is at least Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000.00) at all times (meaning, with respect to Subordinated Debt, for clarification purposes, that for every dollar of principal paid on Subordinated Debt by Borrower or Entity Guarantor, Borrower or Entity Guarantor, must have received an equivalent principal amount of Subordinated Debt at or prior to the time Borrower or Entity Guarantor makes such Subordinated Debt principal payment unless, after the making of such Subordinated Debt principal payment, the aggregate principal balance of all Subordinated Debt would still equal or exceed Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000.00)).

7.9

New Business.  Acquire or enter into any business other than its present business, except for expansions of Borrower's or Entity Guarantor’s present business or any business



32



 


directly related thereto, or enter into any management contract whereby the effective management or control of Borrower or Entity Guarantor is delegated to third parties.

7.10

Premium Finance Agreement Forms.  Use or acquire in their business Premium Finance Agreements other than on the printed forms previously provided to the Bank, and Borrower shall not change or vary the printed forms of such agreements without the Bank's prior written consent unless such change or variation is required by applicable law.

7.11

Amendment or Termination of Electronic Collateral Control Agreement.  Amend, terminate, or permit the amendment or termination of an Electronic Collateral Control Agreement without the prior written consent of Bank.

ARTICLE EIGHT:

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1

Definitions.  An "Event of Default" shall exist if any of the following shall occur:

(a)

Payment of Principal, Interest.   The Borrower defaults in the prompt payment as and when due of the principal of or interest on the Loan or any fees due under this Loan Agreement, or in the prompt performance or payment when due of any other Obligations to the Bank, whether now existing or hereafter created or arising, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent; or

(b)

Payment of Other Obligations.  The Borrower defaults with respect to any other agreement to which it is a party or with respect to any other indebtedness when due or the performance of any other obligation incurred in connection with any indebtedness for borrowed money, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness, or if the effect of such default is to permit the holder thereof to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

(c)

Representation or Warranty.  Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein, or any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in any report, certificate, financial statement or other writing furnished in connection with or pursuant to this Loan Agreement shall, in each case, prove to be false, misleading or incomplete in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(d)

Covenants.  The Borrower, any Guarantor, or the Custodian defaults in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or undertaking on its part to be performed or observed, contained herein, in any of the Security Documents, in any other Loan Document, or in any other instrument or document which now or hereafter evidences, secures or relates to all or any part of the Loan or any extensions of credit made pursuant hereto; or

(e)

Bankruptcy, Etc.  The Borrower or any Guarantor shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy, petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for it or him or a substantial part of its or his assets, or shall commence any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect; or if there shall have been filed any such petition or application, or any such proceeding shall have been commenced against the Borrower or any Guarantor, in which an



33



 


order for relief is entered or which remains undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or more; or the Borrower or any Guarantor by any act or omission shall indicate its or his consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such petition, application or proceeding or order for relief or the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for it or him or any substantial part of any of its or his properties, or shall suffer any such custodianship, receivership or trusteeship to continue undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days or more; or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall generally not pay its or his debts as such debts become due; or

(f)

Concealment of Property, Etc.  The Borrower or any Guarantor shall have concealed, removed, or permitted to be concealed or removed, any part of its or his property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its or his creditors or any of them, or made or suffered a transfer of any of its or his property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law; or shall have made any transfer of its or his property to or for the benefit of a creditor at a time when other creditors similarly situated have not been paid; or shall have suffered or permitted, while insolvent, any creditor to obtain a lien upon any of its or his property through legal proceedings or distraint which is not vacated within thirty (30) days from the date thereof; or

(g)

Management Change.  Any officer of the Borrower who, in the reasonable judgment of Bank, occupies a position of substantial and material management responsibility shall, by reason of death, permanent disability, or departure from the employ of the Borrower, or for any other reason, shall cease to be active in the management of the Borrower, and the Borrower shall not, within a period of thirty (30) days from such permanent disability, death or departure, secure a replacement for said officer, such replacement to be, by reason of his or her experience and credentials, reasonably satisfactory to and approved by the Bank.  For purposes of this section, permanent disability means any disability that prevents such officer from rendering full-time services to the Borrower in any one fiscal year for thirty (30) consecutive days, or in the aggregate for sixty (60) days; or

(h)

Change in Control.  There shall occur any change in the equity ownership of the Borrower.

(i)

Guarantors' Death or Liability Terminated.  Any individual Guarantor shall die or shall notify the Bank that such Guarantor no longer intends to be bound by the provisions of his Guaranty as to future loan advances and extensions of credit; or

(j)

Guarantor Revocation/Default.  Any Guarantor revokes, terminates or fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of any guarantee, endorsement or other agreement of such party in favor of Bank; or

(k)

Judgments.  Any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against the Borrower or any Guarantor in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any one case or in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) in the aggregate and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) days or execution shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of their assets; or



34



 


(l)

Cessation of Business. The Borrower or any Guarantor, which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or suspends or discontinues doing business; or

(m)

Defaults under Other Agreements. Any default by the Borrower or any Guarantor under any agreement, document or instrument relating to any indebtedness for borrowed money owing to any person other than Bank, or any capitalized lease obligations, contingent indebtedness in connection with any guarantee, letter of credit, indemnity or similar type of instrument in favor of any person other than Bank, in any case in an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto, or any default by the Borrower or any Guarantor under any material contract, lease, license or other obligation to any person other than Bank, which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto; or

(n)

Criminal/Civil Proceedings.  The indictment or threatened indictment of the Borrower or any Guarantor under any criminal statute, or commencement or threatened commencement of criminal or civil proceedings against the Borrower or any Guarantor, pursuant to which statute or proceedings the penalties or remedies sought or available include forfeiture of any of the property of the Borrower or such Guarantor; or

(o)

Subordination Agreement.  The Borrower or any Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Subordination Agreements) shall default under any of the Subordination Agreements; or

(p)

Adverse Change.  There shall be a material adverse change in the business, assets or prospects of the Borrower or any Guarantor after the date hereof; or

(q)

Collateral.  The Bank's interest in the Collateral shall for any reason cease or otherwise fail to be a valid and subsisting first priority lien in favor of the Bank.

8.2

Remedy.  Upon the occurrence of any Default and during the continuation of such Default. the Bank shall, at its option, be relieved of any obligation to make further loan advances or extensions of credit under this Agreement; and if such Default constitutes or becomes an Event of Default, the Bank may, at its option, thereupon declare the entire Loan indebtedness and all other extensions of credit to be immediately due and payable for all purposes, and may exercise all rights and remedies available to it under the Security Documents, and other Loan Documents, or any other instrument or document which secures the Loan indebtedness, or available at law or in equity provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(e), the commitment of the Bank and any right of the Borrower to request borrowings hereunder shall be automatically terminated and all Obligations under the Loan Documents shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, anything in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary.  Further, the Bank shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver to take possession of the Borrower's premises, properties, assets, books and records, without consideration of the value of the collateral pledged as security for the Loan and extensions of credit or the solvency of any person liable for the payment of the amounts then owing, and all amounts collected by the receiver shall, after expenses of the receivership, be applied to the payment of the Loan indebtedness, extensions of credit, and



35



 


interest thereon; and the Bank, at its option, shall have the right to do the same, without the appointment of a receiver.  All such rights and remedies are cumulative and nonexclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank concurrently or sequentially, in such order as the Bank may choose.

ARTICLE NINE:

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1

Amendments.  The provisions of this Loan Agreement, the Note or any instrument or document executed pursuant hereto or securing the Loan indebtedness may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9.2

Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder (except for routine informational communications) shall be in writing and shall be mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, sent by overnight courier service, or delivered, if to the Borrower, to it at the address set forth in the initial paragraph hereof, Attention: William Koppelmann, with a copy (if other than a routine informational communication) to Joel Bernstein, Esq., 2841 Emathla Street, Miami, Florida 33133, if to the Guarantors to them at 13590 SW 134 Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, Florida 33186, and; if to the Bank, to it at 165 Madison Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38103, Attention: First Horizon Business Credit, with a copy to Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, PC, 165 Madison Avenue, Suite 2000, Memphis, Tennessee 38103, Attention: Jason Strain; or as to any such person at such other address as shall be designated by such person in a written notice to the other parties hereto complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 9.2. All such notices and other communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, when received or three (3) Business Days after mailing, whichever is earlier; or (ii) if sent by overnight courier service, on the first (1st) Business Day after sending, or (iii) if delivered, upon delivery.

9.3

No Waiver, Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank, any right, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  Waiver of any right, power, or privilege hereunder or under any instrument or document now or hereafter securing the indebtedness evidenced hereby or under any guaranty at any time given with respect thereto is a waiver only as to the specified item.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

9.4

Survival of Agreements.  All agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the delivery of the Note.  This Loan Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest therein. Bank may assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and further may assign, or sell participations in, all or any part of the Loan or any other interest herein to another financial institution or other person, in which event, the assignee or participant shall have, to the extent of such assignment or participation, the same rights and benefits as it would have if it were the Bank hereunder, except as otherwise provided by the terms of such assignment or participation.



36



 


9.5

Liens; Setoff by Bank.  Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien, as security for the Note and all other indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank, upon any and all of its moneys, securities and other property and the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to, the Bank from or for the Borrower, and also upon any and all deposits (general or special, matured or unmatured) and credits of the Borrower against the Bank, at any time existing.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default as specified above, the Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrower to set off, appropriate, and apply any and all items hereinabove referred to against any or all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank.

9.6

Governing Law.  This Loan Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida; except that the provisions hereof which relate to the payment of interest shall be governed by (a) the laws of the United States, or (b) the laws of the State of Florida, whichever permits the Bank to charge the higher rate, as more particularly set out in the Note.

9.7

Execution in Counterparts.  This Loan Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.8

Terminology; Section Headings.  All personal pronouns used in this Loan Agreement whether used in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa.  Section headings are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Loan Agreement.

9.9

Enforceability of Agreement.  Should any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions, nevertheless, shall remain effective and binding on the parties hereto.

9.10

Interest Limitations.  It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with all applicable usury and similar laws; and, accordingly, in no event and upon no contingency shall the Bank ever be entitled to receive, collect, or apply as interest any interest, fees, charges or other payments equivalent to interest, in excess of the Maximum Rate.  Any provision hereof, or of any other agreement executed by the Borrower that would otherwise operate to bind, obligate or compel the Borrower to pay interest in excess of such Maximum Rate or fees in excess of the maximum lawful amount shall be construed to require the payment of the maximum rate or amount only.  The provisions of this paragraph shall be given precedence over any other provisions contained herein or in any other agreement applicable to the extensions of credit that is in conflict with the provisions of this paragraph.

9.11

Non-Control.  In no event shall the Bank's rights hereunder be deemed to indicate that, the Bank is in control of the business, management or properties of the Borrower or has power over the daily management functions and operating decisions made by the Borrower, all such rights and powers being hereby expressly reserved to the Borrower.



37



 


9.12

Extensions of Termination Date; Continuing Security.

(a)

The specific Termination Date mentioned in Article One may, in the sole and unrestricted discretion of the Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, be extended one or more times to a subsequent date or dates unless, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the specific Termination Date mentioned in Article One, or, in the event of the extension of such Termination Date, not later than thirty (30) days prior to any such then effective extended Termination Date, the Borrower shall notify the Bank in writing that this Agreement shall not be further extended.  The Bank shall be under no obligation whatsoever to extend the initial Termination Date, or to further extend any subsequent Termination Date to which the Bank has previously agreed in writing, any extensions of the initial or any subsequent Termination Date being in the sole and unrestricted judgment and discretion of the Bank.

(b)

Unless sooner declared to be due and payable by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default, upon the specific Termination Date so fixed in Article One, or in the event of the extension of this Agreement to a subsequent Termination Date (when no effective extension is in force), the Loan and all other extensions of credit (unless sooner declared to be due and payable by the Bank pursuant to the provisions hereof) shall become due and payable for all purposes.  Until all such indebtedness, liabilities and obligations secured by the Security Agreements are satisfied in full, such termination shall not affect the security interest granted to Bank pursuant to the Security Agreements, nor the duties, covenants, and obligations of the Borrower therein and in this Agreement; and all of such duties, covenants and obligations shall remain in full force and effect until the Loan and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall have been fully paid and satisfied in all respects.

9.13

Fees and Expenses.  The Borrower agrees to pay, or reimburse the Bank for, the actual out-of-pocket expenses, including all recording fees, recording and/or privilege taxes, and also including, but not limited to, attorney fees, accountant fees, and subject to Section 2.6, inspectors or other similar experts, as deemed necessary by the Bank, incurred by the Bank in connection with the development, preparation, execution, amendment, recording, administration (excluding the salary of Bank's employees and Bank's normal and usual overhead expenses) or enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under this Loan Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, and any other instrument or document which now or hereafter secures the Loan.  Borrower shall pay and/or reimburse the Bank for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank's employees incurred with respect to any field exams conducted by the Bank and any amounts payable to third parties to conduct such exams to the extent Bank performs more than two (2) field exams as described in Section 2.6 hereof.

9.14

Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence of the Borrower's obligations under this Loan Agreement, the Note, and the other instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection herewith.

9.15

Compromises, Releases, Etc.  The Guarantors agree that:

(a)

The Bank is hereby authorized from time to time, without notice to Borrower, to make any sales, pledges, surrenders, compromises, settlements, releases, indulgences, alterations, substitutions, exchanges, changes in, modifications, or other dispositions including, without limitation, cancellations, of all or any part of the Loan indebtedness, or of any contract or



38



 


instrument evidencing any thereof, or of any security or collateral therefor, and/or to take any security for or other guaranties upon any of said indebtedness; and the liability of the Guarantors shall not be in any manner affected, diminished, or impaired thereby, or by any lack of diligence, failure, neglect, or omission on the part of Bank to make any demand or protest, or give any notice of dishonor or default, or to realize upon or protect any of said indebtedness or any collateral or security therefor.

(b)

The Bank shall have the exclusive right to determine how, when, and what application of payments and credits, if any, shall be made on the Loan and extensions of credit or any part thereof, and shall be under no obligation, at any time, to first resort to, make demand on, file a claim against, or exhaust its remedies against the Borrower, or any of them, or their property or estate, or to resort to or exhaust its remedies against any collateral, security, property, liens, or other rights whatsoever.

(c)

The Bank may at any time make demand for payment on, or bring suit against, the Guarantors, jointly or severally, or any one or more of the Guarantors, less than all, and may compound with any one or more of the Guarantors for such sums or on such terms as it may see fit, and without notice or consent, the same being hereby expressly  waived, release such of the Guarantors from all further liability to the Bank hereunder, without thereby impairing the rights of the Bank in any respect to demand, sue for, and collect the balance of the indebtedness from any of the Guarantors not so released.

(d)

Any claims against the Borrower accruing to any of the Guarantors by reason of payments made to the Bank shall be subordinate to any indebtedness now or at any time hereafter owing by Borrower to the Bank, each Guarantor hereby waiving all rights of subrogation against the Borrower until all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied.

9.16

Joinder of Guarantors.  The Guarantors identified in Section One hereof join herein for the purpose of acknowledging and consenting to the terms and provisions hereof (and especially the provisions of this Section), and do further, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally guarantee the payment and performance of each and every obligation and undertaking of the Borrower hereunder.

9.17

Conflict.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of the Note, the Security Agreement, or any other Loan Document, during the continuance of this Agreement the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

9.18

As to the Bank's Base Rate.  Borrower acknowledges that the Bank's Base Rate is one of several interest rate indices employed by the Bank; and that the Bank has made and may hereafter make loans bearing interest at rates which are higher or lower than the Bank's Base Rate.

9.19

Tolling of Statute of Limitations.  It is expressly understood and agreed that any payment of principal or interest shall automatically toll the running of any statute of limitations otherwise applicable to the Borrower's obligations under the Note, this Loan Agreement, the Security Agreements or any other Loan Document.



39



 


9.20

Reports.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all certificates and reports to be furnished by the Borrower to the Bank shall be furnished by an Authorized Agent of the Borrower as designated in the Authorization or as otherwise designated from time to time in writing by the Borrower, or if there is no existing designation, by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Borrower.

9.21

Venue of Actions.  As an integral part of the consideration for the making of the Loan, it is expressly understood and agreed that no suit or action shall be commenced by the Borrower, by any of the Guarantors, or by any heir, successor, personal representative or assignee of any of them, with respect to the Loan contemplated hereby, or with respect to any of the Loan Documents, other than in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in and for Broward County, Florida, and not elsewhere.  Nothing in this paragraph contained shall prohibit Bank from instituting suit in any court of competent jurisdiction for the enforcement of its rights hereunder, in the Note, in the Security Agreement or in any other Loan Document.

9.22

Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.  BORROWER, BANK, AND GUARANTORS WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY “DISPUTE” AND ANY ACTION ON SUCH “DISPUTE.”  THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY BORROWER, BANK, AND GUARANTORS, AND BORROWER, LENDER AND GUARANTORS HEREBY REPRESENT THAT NO REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT OR OPINION HAVE BEEN MADE BY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY TO INDUCE THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR TO IN ANY WAY MODIFY OR NULLIFY ITS EFFECT.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES ENTERING INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.  BORROWER, BANK, AND GUARANTORS ARE EACH HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BORROWER AND GUARANTORS FURTHER REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT THEY HAVE BEEN REPRESENTED IN THE SIGNING OF THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL SELECTED OF THEIR OWN FREE WILL, AND THAT THEY HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS WAIVER WITH COUNSEL.

9.23

License.  Bank is hereby granted by the Borrower an irrevocable, non-exclusive license and other right to, during the existence of an Event of Default, use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of the Borrower, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other property of the Borrower, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral.  The Borrower's rights and interest under the Intellectual Property shall inure to Bank's benefit.

9.24

Electronic Transmission of Data.  Bank and Borrower agree that certain data related to the Loan (including confidential information, documents, applications and reports) may be transmitted electronically, including transmission over the Internet to the parties, the parties affiliates, agents and representatives, and other Persons involved with the subject matter of this Agreement.  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) there are risks associated with the use of electronic transmission and that Bank does not control the method of transmittal or service



40



 


providers; (b) Bank has no obligation or responsibility whatsoever and assumes no duty or obligation for the security, receipt or third party interception of any such transmission; and (c) Borrower will release, hold harmless and indemnify Bank from any claim, damage or loss, including that arising in whole or part from Bank's strict liability or sole, comparative or contributory negligence, which is related to the electronic transmission of data.

9.25

Electronic Imaging.

This Agreement and the Loan Documents (collectively, the "Documents") will be scanned into an optical retrieval system and the original Documents may be destroyed.  By signing this Agreement, Borrower agrees that a copy from the optical retrieval system of any of the Loan Documents, including without limitation, any Note and/or Guaranty Agreement, shall have the same legal force and effect as an original and can be used in the place of an original in all circumstances and for all purposes, including but not limited to negotiation, collection, legal proceeding or authentication.

9.26

Assignments and Participations.  Bank may sell or offer to sell the Loan or interests therein to one or more assignees or participants.  Borrower shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments reasonably requested by Bank in connection therewith, and to the extent, if any, specified in any such assignment or participation, such assignee(s) or participant(s) shall have the same rights and benefits with respect to the Loan Documents as such Person(s) would have if such Person(s) were Bank hereunder.  Bank may disseminate any information it now has or hereafter obtains pertaining to the Loan, including any security for the Loan, Borrower, any of Borrower's principals, or any Guarantor, to any actual or prospective assignee or participant, to Bank's affiliates, to any regulatory body having jurisdiction over Bank, to any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Bank and the Loan, or to any other party as necessary or appropriate in Bank's reasonable judgment.

9.27

Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its equity interests at such time.

9.28

Deletion from Acceptable Receivables.  In the event that a Commissioner of any state or the agency or administrator of any state charged with responsibility for regulating insurance companies, insurance agents, and/or premium finance companies shall (a) revoke the license of Borrower to finance insurance premiums in that state or (b) initiate administrative or judicial proceedings which seek to revoke such license or to bar Borrower from financing insurance premiums to residents of that state, then Receivables with respect to Policyholders residing in such states shall be deleted as Acceptable Receivables.

[SEPARATE SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]



41



 


SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, Entity Guarantor, and the Bank have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, duly authorized so to do and the Individual Guarantors have executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By: /s/ William J. Koppelmann
Name: William. Koppelmann

Title: President and CEO


BORROWER



FIRST HORIZON BANK


By: /s/ Henry Sosa
Name: Henry Sosa

Title: Senior Vice President


BANK



STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


By: /s/ William J. Koppelmann
Name: William Koppelmann

Title: President and CEO


ENTITY GUARANTOR



/s/ William Koppelmann

WILLIAM KOPPELMANN

/s/ Mark Kutner

MARK KUTNER


INDIVIDUAL GUARANTORS



S-1



 


LIST OF EXHIBITS TO LOAN AGREEMENT

Exhibit "A"

Borrowing Base

Exhibit "B"

Additional Permitted Encumbrances

Exhibit "C"

Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit "D"

Form of Premium Finance Agreements

Exhibit "E"

Form of Custodian Acknowledgment

Exhibit "F"

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit "G"

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit "H"

Form of Subordination Agreement

Exhibit "I"

Listing of Subordinated Debt as of the Closing Date

Exhibit "J"

Form of Notice








EXHIBIT "A"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


Borrowing Base


The Borrowing Base is an amount equal to:

(a)

the Advance Rate (from time to time in effect) times Net Receivables that are Acceptable Receivables,

minus

(b)

the sum of the following (i) Availability Reserves and (ii) Bank Product Reserves.


(Note:

Although the Borrowing Base is limited as set forth above, Bank's security interest covers and includes all of the Borrower's assets, both now owned and hereafter acquired, as more particularly described in the Security Agreement.)



1





EXHIBIT "B"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


Additional Permitted Encumbrances


NONE




1



 


EXHIBIT "C"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


(Form of Promissory Note)


See Form of Promissory Note attached hereto.


[SPFM_EX10Z9002.GIF]

Revolving Credit NOTE


$35,000,000.00

February ____, 2021


ON OR BEFORE February ____, 2023 (the "Termination Date"), the undersigned, STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation ("Maker"), promises to pay to the order of FIRST HORIZON BANK, a Tennessee banking corporation  having its principal place of business in Memphis, Tennessee ("Bank"), the principal sum of THIRTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($35,000,000.00), value received, together with interest from date until maturity, upon disbursed and unpaid principal balances, at the rate hereinafter specified, said interest being payable monthly, on the first (1st) day of each month hereafter, commencing on the first (1st) day of March, 2021, with the final installment of interest being due and payable concurrently on the same date that the principal balance is due hereunder.

The "Termination Date" may be extended one or more times pursuant to the provisions of that certain Revolving Loan Agreement, dated of even date, among the Maker, the Bank and certain guarantors therein mentioned and described, as said agreement may be amended or modified (the "Loan Agreement"); and, if so extended, such extended date shall thereupon constitute the Termination Date.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index (the "Index") which is the LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) adjusted and determined, without notice to Maker, as of the date of this Note and on the 1st day of each calendar month hereafter (the "Interest Rate Change Date"); provided that if the Index is less



1



 


than 0.50%per annum, the Index shall be deemed to be 0.50% per annum.  The "LIBOR Rate" shall mean the London Interbank Offered Rate of interest for an interest period of one (1) month, which appears on Bloomberg page BBAM under the column heading "USD" on the day that is two (2) London Business Days preceding each Interest Rate Change Date (the "Reset Date").  If the source set forth above for the LIBOR Rate is not available or is not published for any Reset Date, then Bank shall, at its sole discretion, choose a substitute source for the LIBOR Rate, which LIBOR Rate (subject to the floor in the Index as herein provided) plus the Margin (hereinafter defined) shall become effective on the next Interest Rate Change Date.  "London Business Day" shall mean any day on which commercial banks in London, England are open for general business.  The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Bank on its loans.  Bank will tell Maker the current Index rate upon Maker's request.  The interest rate change will not occur more often than each month.  Maker understands that Bank may make loans based on other rates as well.  The Index is currently _______________ percent (____%) per annum.  The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance of this Note  (the "Contract Rate") will be the Index (subject to the floor in the Index as herein provided) plus a margin of 2.85% (the "Margin"), which results in an initial interest rate of _______________ percent (____%).   NOTICE:  Under no circumstances will the interest rate on the Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Bank determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error):

(A) that:

(i) by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank eurodollar market, the LIBOR Rate cannot be determined, or

(ii) (x) United States dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and interest period set forth above or (y) the LIBOR Rate for such interest period set forth above does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Bank of funding such loan and in either event, such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary;

or

(B) that the circumstances set forth in (A) above have not arisen, but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate or a Governmental Authority (hereinafter defined) has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBOR Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans or that the LIBOR Rate is no longer representative or a Change in Law has occurred that makes it unlawful for Bank to make or maintain a LIBOR Rate or the current interest rate on the Note,

then, in either event, reasonably promptly thereafter the Bank shall notify the Maker of such event and shall designate an alternate rate of interest to the LIBOR Rate (or current interest rate) to be used as the Index that gives due consideration to any evolving or then-existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated credit facilities for such alternative benchmarks and adjustments (such rate being referred to as the “Replacement Rate”) and the Bank shall promptly provide written notice amending this Note and any other relevant Loan Documents (the



2



 


“Amendment”) to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Note (including without limitation changes with respect to the applicable Margin) as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Bank to effect the provisions of this paragraph and to achieve a final all-in interest rate substantially similar as of the Effective Date of the Amendment to that in effect prior to the occurrence of the event set forth above (collectively, “Replacement Rate Conforming Changes”).  The Amendment shall become effective upon the date specified in the notice. No replacement of LIBOR (or other rate) with a Replacement Rate pursuant to this paragraph shall occur prior to the effective date for such Amendment.

The Replacement Rate shall specify that in no event shall such Replacement Rate be less than the floor in the Index as provided above.  Such Replacement Rate and Replacement Rate Conforming Changes shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that, in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Bank, such Replacement Rate and Replacement Rate Conforming Changes shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by Bank.  

"Change in Law" shall mean the adoption of any law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in all cases by Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Bank, in each case after the date hereof.

 "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising regulatory function of or pertaining to government.

The annual interest rate for this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding.

In the event that the foregoing provisions should be construed by a court of competent jurisdiction not to constitute a valid, enforceable designation of a rate of interest or method of determining same, the indebtedness hereby evidenced shall bear interest at the lesser of (a) ten percent (10%) per annum or (b) the maximum effective variable contract rate which may be charged by the Bank under applicable law from time to time in effect (the "Maximum Rate").

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Bank, at its option, may charge, and the Maker agrees to pay, interest on disbursed and unpaid principal balances at the default rate (the "Default Rate") per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Rate or (b) (i) the Contract Rate plus (ii) 4%.

Any amounts not paid when due hereunder (whether by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest after maturity at the Default Rate.

For any payment which is not made within ten (10) days of the due date for such payment, the Maker shall pay a late fee.  The late fee shall equal five percent (5%) of the unpaid portion of the past-due payment.



3



 


This Note is secured by the Security Documents and may now or hereafter be secured by other mortgages, trust deeds, assignments, security agreements, or other instruments of pledge or hypothecation.

All installments of interest, and the principal hereof, are payable at the office of First Horizon Bank, 165 Madison Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38103, or at such other place as the holder may designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment.

If the Maker shall fail to make payment of any installment of principal or interest when due, or upon any default in the terms and provisions of any of the Security Documents, or upon any default in any other mortgage, trust deed, security agreement, or other instrument of pledge or hypothecation which now or hereafter secures the payment of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, or upon the death or dissolution of the Maker or any guarantor (or if the Maker or any guarantor is a partnership, the death or dissolution of any general partner thereof), or upon any default in the payment or performance of any other indebtedness, liability or obligation now or hereafter owed by the Maker to the holder hereof, if any such default is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto, then and in any such event, the entire unpaid principal balance of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, together with all interest then accrued, shall, at the absolute option of the holder hereof, at once become due and payable, without demand or notice, the same being expressly waived and Bank may exercise any right, power or remedy permitted by law or equity, or as set forth herein or in the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

If this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, by suit or otherwise, or to protect the security for its payment, or to enforce its collection, or to represent the rights of the Bank in connection with any loan documentation executed in connection herewith, or to defend successfully against any claim, cause of action or suit brought by the Maker against the Bank, the Maker shall pay on demand all costs of collection and litigation (including court costs), together with a reasonable attorney's fee.  These include, but are not limited to, the Bank's reasonable attorney's fees and legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorney's fees for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction) and appeals.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Bank reserves a right of setoff in all the Maker's accounts with the Bank (whether checking, savings, or some other account).  This includes all accounts the Maker may open in the future.  However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law.  The Maker authorizes the Bank, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at the Bank's option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow the Bank to protect the Bank's charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each business entity that opens an account or obtains a loan.  What this means to Maker:  When Maker opens an account, or obtains a loan, the Bank will ask for Federal Tax Identification Number, physical street address, full legal name of the Maker and other



4



 


information that will allow the Bank to identify Maker.  The Bank may also ask Maker to provide copies of certain documents that will aid in confirming this information.  Failure to provide the required information will result in a violation of federal law and will constitute a default hereunder.

The Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof waive protest, demand, presentment, and notice of dishonor, and agree that this Note may be extended, in whole or in part, without limit as to the number of such extensions or the period or periods thereof, without notice to them and without affecting their liability thereon.  Maker agrees that borrowers, endorsers, guarantors and sureties may be added or released without notice and without affecting Maker's liability hereunder.  The liability of Maker shall not be affected by the failure of Bank to perfect or otherwise obtain or maintain the priority or validity of any security interest in any collateral.  The liability of Maker shall be absolute and unconditional and without regard to the liability of any other party hereto.

It is the intention of the Bank and the Maker to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; and, accordingly, in no event and upon no contingency shall the holder hereof ever be entitled to receive, collect, or apply as interest any interest, fees, charges or other payments equivalent to interest, in excess of the maximum effective contract rate which the Bank may lawfully charge under applicable statutes and laws from time to time in effect; and in the event that the holder hereof ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such excess, such amount which, but for this provision, would be excessive interest, shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount of the indebtedness hereby evidenced; and if the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, all lawful interest thereon and all lawful fees and charges in connection therewith, are paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to the Maker, or other party lawfully entitled thereto.  All interest paid or agreed to be paid by the Maker shall, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full period until payment in full of the principal so that the interest hereon for such full period shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.  Any provision hereof, or of any other agreement between the holder hereof and the Maker, that operates to bind, obligate, or compel the Maker to pay interest in excess of such maximum effective contract rate shall be construed to require the payment of the maximum rate only.  The provisions of this paragraph shall be given precedence over any other provision contained herein or in any other agreement between the holder hereof and the Maker that is in conflict with the provisions of this paragraph.

This Note shall be governed and construed according to the statutes and laws of the State of Florida from time to time in effect, except to the extent that applicable federal law or Chapter 568, Florida Statutes, or Section 687.12, Florida Statutes, as amended and supplemented from time to time, may permit the charging of a higher rate of interest than Chapter 687, Florida Statutes, in which event such applicable federal law and Florida statutes, as amended and supplemented from time to time, shall govern and control the maximum rate of interest permitted to be charged hereunder; it being intended that, as to the maximum rate of interest which may be charged, received, and collected hereunder, those applicable statutes and laws, whether state or federal, from time to time in effect, which permit the charging of a higher rate of interest, shall govern and control; provided, always, however, that in no event and under no circumstances shall the Maker be liable for the payment of interest in excess of the maximum rate permitted by such applicable law, from time to time in effect.



5



 


If this Note is prepaid prior to maturity, the Maker may be required to pay a prepayment premium under terms set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Additionally, if an Interest Rate Swap has been entered into in connection with this Note, any full or partial prepayments of principal amounts due under this Note may require termination or adjustment of the Interest Rate Swap and may result in a payment due from Maker per the terms and conditions of the Interest Rate Swap.

This Note evidences a revolving line of credit.  Advances under this Note may be requested either orally or in writing by the Maker or by an authorized person.  The Bank may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing.  All communications, instructions, or directions by telephone or otherwise to the Bank are to be directed to the Bank at the Bank's address.  The Maker agrees to be liable for all sums either: (a) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person, or (b) credited to any of the Maker's accounts with the Bank.  The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by the Bank's internal records, including daily computer print-outs.  The Bank will have no obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (a) the Maker or any guarantor is in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that the Maker or any guarantor has with the Bank, including any agreement made in connection with the signing of this Note; (b) the Maker or any guarantor ceases doing business or is insolvent; (c) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor's guarantee of this Note or any other loan with the Bank; or (d) the Maker has applied funds provided pursuant to this Note for purposes other than those authorized by the Bank.

Bank is hereby authorized to disclose any financial or other information about Maker to any regulatory body or agency having jurisdiction over Bank and to any present, future or prospective participant or successor in interest in any loan or other financial accommodation made by Bank to Maker.  The information provided may include, without limitation, amounts, terms, balances, payment history, return item history and any financial or other information about Maker.  However, subject to applicable law, Bank shall use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of the terms and conditions of the Loan in all other respects.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Note shall not render any other provision invalid or unenforceable.  In lieu of any invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically a valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

The covenants, conditions, waivers, releases and agreements contained in this Note shall bind, and the benefits thereof shall inure to, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Note cannot be assigned by Maker without the prior written consent of Bank, and any such assignment or attempted assignment by Maker without consent shall be void and of no effect with respect to Bank.

Bank may from time to time sell or assign, in whole or in part, or grant participations in, the Loan, this Note and/or the obligations evidenced thereby.  The holder of any such sale, assignment or participation, if the applicable agreement between Bank and such holder so provides, shall be: (a) entitled to all of the rights, obligations and benefits of Bank; and (b) deemed to hold and may exercise the rights of setoff or banker's lien with respect to any and



6



 


all obligations of such holder to Maker, in each case as fully as though Maker were directly indebted to such holder.  Bank may in its discretion give notice to Maker of such sale, assignment or participation; however, the failure to give such notice shall not affect any of Bank's or such holder's rights hereunder.

Maker irrevocably appoints each and every member and/or officer of Maker as its attorneys upon whom may be served, by certified mail at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement, or such other address as may be directed by Maker, in writing, any notice, process or pleading in any action or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Note or any other Loan Document; and Maker hereby consents that any action or proceeding against it be commenced and maintained in any state or federal court sitting in Broward County, Florida, by service of process on any such owner, partner and/or officer; and Maker agrees that such courts of the state shall have jurisdiction with respect to the subject matter hereof and the person of Maker and all collateral securing the obligations of Maker.  Maker agrees not to assert any defense to any action or proceeding initiated by Bank based upon improper venue or inconvenient forum.

UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, MAKER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY MATTERS OR CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR OUT OF THE CONDUCT OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE MAKER AND BANK, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE.  MAKER AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT BANK MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF MAKER TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BANK TO MAKE THE LOAN AND ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  FURTHER, THE MAKER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF AGENT OR BANK, NOR BANK’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT BANK WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT OF JURY TRIAL PROVISION.  NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF BANK, NOR BANK’S COUNSEL, HAS THE AUTHORITY TO WAIVE, CONDITION, OR MODIFY THIS PROVISION.  MAKER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL REGARDING THIS PARAGRAPH, THAT IT FULLY UNDERSTANDS ITS TERMS, CONTENT, AND EFFECT, AND THAT IT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.

[Signature page follows]



7



 




STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By:/s/ William. J. Koppelmann
Name: William Koppelmann
Title: President and CEO


MAKER




8



 


EXHIBIT "D"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


FORM OF PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENT


[See attached]




1



 


[SPFM_EX10Z9004.GIF]



2



 


[SPFM_EX10Z9006.GIF]



3



 


EXHIBIT "E"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


Form of Custodian Acknowledgment


William Koppelmann ("Custodian") confirms that he has received notice that First Horizon Bank ("Lender") has a security interest in the Premium Finance Agreements and other documents described on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Collateral").  Custodian warrants that Schedule 1 accurately describes all items of Collateral presently held by the Custodian or his agent.

The undersigned Custodian hereby acknowledges to Lender that he or his agent presently holds the Collateral referenced herein in the possession of him or his agent and further acknowledges to Lender that he (or his agent) holds such Collateral solely as the custodian and bailee for the Lender as secured party and has no notice of any interest of any other purchaser or secured party with respect to the Collateral.

__________________________________

Printed Name of Custodian:  William Koppelmann

Date:_______________________



1



 


SCHEDULE 1


Loan Number

Policyholder

Original Amount

Current Balance

 

 

 

 



2



 


EXHIBIT "F"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


(Form of Borrowing Base Certificate)


See Form of Borrowing Base Certificate attached hereto.



1



 


[SPFM_EX10Z9008.GIF]



2



 


EXHIBIT "G"
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


(Form of Compliance Certificate)


See Form of Compliance Certificate attached hereto.



1



 


[DATE]

 

 

Mr. ___________

First Horizon Business Credit

First Horizon Bank

165 Madison Avenue

Memphis, TN 38103

 

Re:

Compliance Certificate

 

I, __________________________, ________________, of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation ("Borrower"), certify to First Horizon Bank that the attached financial statements for the YTD period ending ___________   ____, 20__, present fairly the financial position and results of operations of Borrower.

 

The attached statements include the Balance Sheet and Income Statement.

 

This certification is provided solely to First Horizon Bank under the provision of Section 6.6(b) of the Loan Agreement by and between First Horizon Bank and Borrower.

 

Covenant

Actual

In Compliance

Yes

No


Maximum Total Balance Sheet Leverage Ratio

1.25 to1.00

______

_____

_____


Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 3.0 to 1.0

______

_____

_____


Subordinated Debt

$8,500,000

______

______

______



Attached hereto is a current schedule of Subordinated Debt as of _____________, 20__ and a summary of any new or replacement Subordinated Debt and any Subordinated Debt that has been repaid in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All Subordinated Debt is in compliance with the Loan Agreement and the Subordination Agreement(s).  



By signing below, I acknowledge that I have completed the above covenant compliance check, and to the best of my knowledge, except where indicated, Borrower is in compliance with all of the above covenants and all other affirmative and negative covenants, events of default, and all other terms of the agreements encompassing the Loan Agreement  dated February 3, 2021, among First Horizon Bank, Borrower, and certain guarantors named therein, as same may be modified, amended, and/or restated (the "Loan Agreement"), and the Security Agreement (as defined in the Loan Agreement), and no Event of Default has occurred under the Loan Agreement.



Standard Premium Finance

Management Corporation



By:

____________________

Name:    __________________

Title:

____________________





2



 


Compliance Certificate Schedule of Subordinated Debt and Subordinated Debt Summary


[See attached]



3



 


EXHIBIT “H”
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


(Form of Subordination Agreement)


[See attached]




ARTICLE TEN:

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE ELEVEN:


THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of February __, 2021, by those certain “SUBORDINATED CREDITORS”, identified  on  Exhibit  A  hereto and any Subordinated Creditors from time to time added to this Agreement (the  “Subordinated Creditors”), STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (“Borrower”), STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (“Holdings”; Borrower and Holdings are each a “Credit Party” and are sometimes collectively referred to as the “Credit Parties”) and FIRST HORIZON BANK (“Senior Lender”).


W I T N E S S E T H:


WHEREAS, the Borrower, Holdings and Senior Lender have entered into that certain Loan Agreement, dated of even date herewith (as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) and Holdings has executed a Guaranty Agreement of even date herewith (the “Guaranty”) guaranteeing the obligations of Borrower to Senior Lender under the Loan Agreement;


WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to entering into the Loan Agreement and extending the credit thereunder from time to time, the Senior Lender requires that the Subordinated Creditors duly execute this Agreement to subordinate any and all obligations or liabilities owed to them from time to time by the Credit Parties to any and all obligations and liabilities owed by






 


the Credit Parties from time to time to the Senior Lender under the Loan  Agreement and any and all documents related thereto;


WHEREAS, each Subordinated Creditor by signing a counterpart signature page to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally subordinates, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all obligations and liabilities owed to it by any Credit Party to the obligations and liabilities owed by any Credit Party to the Senior Lender;


THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subordinated Creditors hereby agree as follows:


1.

Definitions and Interpretation. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are being used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement. The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Agreement:


Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute or similar statute (including any similar state statute) and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any other federal, state, or foreign law for the relief of debtors.


Distribution” means, with respect to any ownership interest constituting reorganization securities or any indebtedness or other debt obligations or any Lien, (a) any payment, receipt, distribution or






 


consideration received on account of, or any satisfaction of, such indebtedness, ownership interest constituting reorganization securities, obligation or Lien, which shall include, without limitation, any cash, securities or other property, any satisfaction by set-off, recoupment, credit bid or otherwise and any payment, distribution or consideration exchanged on account of any collateral (including proceeds thereof) securing or purporting to secure the same, (b) any redemption, purchase or other acquisition of such indebtedness, ownership interest constituting reorganization securities or obligations by any Person or (c) the granting or exchange of any Lien to or for the benefit of the holders of or lenders with respect to such indebtedness, ownership interest, obligation or Lien in or upon any property of any Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens granted at any time for the benefit of the Subordinated Creditors).


Enforcement Action” means (a) to take from or for the account of any Credit Party, by set-off, recoupment or in any other manner, the whole or any part of any moneys which may now or hereafter be owing by any Credit Party (it is acknowledged and agreed that the receipt and retention of Permitted Payments not in contravention of the terms of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be prohibited by this clause (a)), (b) to sue for payment of all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, or to initiate or participate with others in any suit, action or proceeding against any Credit Party or its property to (i) enforce payment of or to collect the whole or any part of the Subordinated Debt, (ii) commence, participate with others in commencing or join a Proceeding or (iii) commence judicial enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under the Subordinated Debt or applicable law with respect to all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt,

(c) to accelerate the Subordinated Debt, (d) to exercise any put option or cause any Credit Party to honor any redemption or mandatory prepayment obligation under any Subordinated Debt Document (including in respect of any put option) or (e) to take any action under (which shall be deemed to include those in furtherance of or preparation of taking any of the following actions) the provisions of any state or federal law, including, without limitation, the Uniform Commercial Code, or under any contract or agreement, to enforce, foreclose upon, take possession of or sell, lease, transfer, allocate or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any other property or assets of any Credit Party whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which shall be deemed to include, without limitation, (i) the preparation for or institution of any foreclosure proceedings, the noticing of any public or private sale or other disposition pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor under the Subordinated Debt Documents (including, in either case, any delivery of any notice to otherwise seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of any Credit Party or the taking of any action or the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of recoupment against the Collateral or proceeds of Collateral), under applicable law, at equity, in any Proceeding or otherwise, including the making of any credit bid and the acceptance of Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of a Lien or any obligations secured by a Lien,

(iii) the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, by private or public sale or any other means, (iv) the solicitation of bids from third parties to conduct the liquidation of all or a portion of Collateral, (v) the engagement or retention of sales brokers, marketing agents, investment bankers, accountants, appraisers, auctioneers, or other third parties for the purposes of valuing, marketing, or disposing of, all or a portion of the






 


Collateral, and/or (vi) the exercise of any other enforcement right relating to the Collateral (including the exercise of any voting rights relating to any equity interests composing a portion of the Collateral) whether under the Subordinated Debt Documents, under applicable law of any jurisdiction, in equity, in an Proceeding, or otherwise.


Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, trust, assignment for security, security interest, lien (whether statutory or otherwise), claim or encumbrance, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest held in respect of any asset of any kind or nature whatsoever including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.


Loan Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.


Paid in Full” or “Payment in Full” means, when used in connection with the Senior Debt, shall mean the occurrence of all of the following, subject to the operation of the reinstatement provisions of Section 19 below: (i) termination in writing or expiration of all commitments to extend credit that would






 


constitute part of the Senior Debt, (ii) payment in full in cash of all of the Senior Debt that is outstanding, and (iii) the taking of steps or other provisions acceptable to Senior Lender with respect to any contingent claims that constitute Senior Debt. None of the Senior Debt shall be deemed Paid in Full to the extent refinanced or substantially contemporaneously replaced pursuant to a permitted refinancing.


Post-Petition Interest” means interest accruing in respect of the Senior Debt after the commencement of any Proceeding by or against any Credit Party, at the rate applicable to such Senior Debt pursuant to the Senior Loan Agreement, whether or not such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim enforceable against such Credit Party in a Proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, and any other interest that would have accrued but for commencement of such Proceeding.


Proceeding” means any voluntary or involuntary insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, custodianship, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers or any other proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of a Person or its assets.


Senior Debt” means all loans, advances, liabilities, obligations, debit balances, covenants and duties at any time owed by Credit Parties to Senior Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, any debt, liability or obligation owing from either Credit Party to others which Senior Lender may have obtained by assignment, pledge, purchase or otherwise, together with all interest, fees, charges, expenses or attorneys' fees for which either Credit Party is now or hereafter become liable to pay to Senior Lender under any agreement or by law and all liabilities at any time owing under any loan agreement or note(s) executed pursuant thereto, including, but not limited to, the Senior Debt Documents and any Post-Petition Interest.


Senior Debt Documents” means the Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and any other document evidencing or otherwise governing any extension of debt by Senior Lender to any Credit Party from time to time, in each case, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.


Subordinated Debt” means any and all indebtedness owing pursuant to the Subordinated Notes and all extensions, increases, renewals and modifications thereof and any and all other indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any Subordinated Creditor now existing or hereafter incurred and howsoever arising, whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether any Credit Party may be liable to Subordinated Creditors individually






 


or jointly with others, as principal, as surety, or as guarantor, including, without limitation, accrued and unpaid interest and all fees, costs and expenses, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore, now and from time to time hereafter owing, due or payable, whether before or after the filing of a Proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, together with any amendments, modifications, refinancings, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof.


Subordinated Debt Documents” means each Subordinated Note and any documents or instruments related to Subordinated Debt.


Subordinated Notes” means, collectively, the promissory notes issued by the Borrower and/or Holdings to the Subordinated Creditors and each, a “Subordinated Note”, as amended, restated, extended, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.


2.

Subordination of Subordinated Debt. Each Subordinated Creditor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably covenants and agrees, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any of the Subordinated Debt Documents or otherwise, that the payment of any and all of the






 


Subordinated Debt shall be subordinate and subject in right and time of payment to the Payment in Full of all Senior Debt. Furthermore, each Subordinated Creditor agrees, represents and warrants that it does not have and will not acquire (or cause to be acquired) or otherwise permit to exist (whether directly or through and agent or trustee), prior to Payment in Full of all Senior Debt, any Lien against any Credit Party, any Credit Party’s subsidiary and/or any Credit Party’s or its Subsidiary’s property of any kind for purposes of securing or purporting to secure any or all of the Subordinated Debt, provided that, if notwithstanding this Section 2, the Subordinated Creditors (prior to the Payment in Full of all Senior Debt) acquire (or cause to be acquired) or permit to exist any Lien on or against any Credit Party and/or its property (of any kind), then (x) each such Lien shall be promptly released, discharged and terminated of record and (y) until so released, discharged and/or terminated, each Credit Party hereto covenants and agrees, and each Subordinated Creditor by its acceptance of the benefits under Subordinated Debt Documents (whether upon original issue, upon transfer or assignment or otherwise) likewise covenants and agrees, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any of the Subordinated Debt Documents or otherwise that each and every now or hereafter obtained Lien of Senior Lender in any Collateral shall automatically (and without any further action) be senior, regardless of time, order, lack, defect or method of perfection or any other circumstance, to each and every now or hereafter obtained Lien of any of the Subordinated Creditors in the Collateral.


3.

Subordinated Debt Payment Restrictions. Notwithstanding the terms of the Subordinated Debt Documents, (1) each Credit Party hereby agrees that it may not make, directly or indirectly, and each Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees that it will not accept, effect, take or receive any Distribution on account of any Subordinated Debt, and (2) further, no Credit Party will segregate or hold in trust money for any such Distribution, in each case, until the Senior Debt has been Paid in Full, other than scheduled interest payment owed by any Credit Party to a Subordinated Creditor pursuant to the Subordinated Notes as in effect on the date hereof and principal payments permitted under Section 7.8 the Loan Agreement (“Permitted Payments”); provided that each Credit Party and each Subordinated Creditor further agrees that no Permitted Payment may be made by any Credit Party or accepted by any Subordinated Creditor if, at the time of such payment (both before and after giving effect to any such payment):


(i)

a Default or an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Loan Agreement or any Loan Document or would result from any such Permitted Payment;


(ii)

the Credit Parties are not or will not be in compliance with any financial covenants set forth in the Loan Agreement both before and after giving effect to such Permitted Payment; and


(iii)

the Senior Lender has delivered notice to the Borrower, Holdings, or any Subordinated Creditor stating that no further Permitted Payments shall be made by any Credit Party and/or received by any Subordinated Creditor for any reason (whether or not a Default or an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing).







 


4.

Permanent Standstill. Until the Senior Debt has been Paid in Full, no Subordinated Creditor or any representative of a Subordinated Creditor shall, without the prior express written consent of Senior Lender, take any Enforcement Action with respect to the Subordinated Debt.


5.

Turnover. If any Distribution on account of the Subordinated Debt not permitted to be made by any Credit Party, or not permitted to be accepted, collected or otherwise obtained by a Subordinated Creditor, under this Agreement is made and received by or for the benefit of such Subordinated Creditor, such Distribution shall not be commingled with any assets of any Subordinated Creditor, shall be held in trust by such Subordinated Creditor for the benefit of Senior Lender and shall be promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) paid over to Senior Lender in precisely the form received (except for necessary endorsements to Senior Lender) for application (in accordance with






 


the Senior Debt Documents) to the payment of the Senior Debt then remaining unpaid, until all of the Senior Debt is Paid in Full. If, prior to the Payment in Full of all Senior Debt, any Subordinated Creditor receives, collects or otherwise obtains any Distribution as a result of any Enforcement Action taken by or on behalf of any Subordinated Creditor, such Distribution shall be held in trust by such Subordinated Creditor for the benefit of Senior Lender and shall be promptly paid over to Senior Lender for application (in accordance with the Loan Agreement) to the payment of the Senior Debt then remaining unpaid.


6.

Sale, Transfer or other Disposition of Subordinated Debt. Until the Senior Debt is Paid in Full, no Subordinated Creditor shall sell, assign, transfer, or endorse Subordinated Debt to any person or entity without the prior written consent of Senior Lender; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit: (a) a transfer that occurs automatically due to operation of law (i.e., transfer by will or intestate succession in the event of the death of a Subordinated Creditor; court appointment of a guardian; etc.); or (b) a transfer to another transferee that acknowledges and agrees to the terms and conditions of this Subordination Agreement, so long as, in each of case (a) and (b), the following conditions are satisfied: (i) unless occurring by operation of law, the transfer is evidenced by a written agreement of transfer, pursuant to which the transferee acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (ii) if occurring by operation of law, the transferee provides the Credit Parties and the Senior Lender with a copy of the documentation supporting such transfer by operation of law (i.e., will, guardianship paperwork, etc.); (iii) the transferee executes and delivers a counterpart signature to this Agreement, as required of any new subordinate creditor under the terms of the Senior Debt Documents; (iv) the Credit Parties give prompt notice of any such transfer or assignment to Senior Lender, and include the details of any such transfers on the quarterly compliance certificate next delivered to Senior Lender pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents; and (v) the Credit Parties and/or applicable Subordinate Creditor and/or transferee provide such other documentation as Senior Lender reasonably requests to confirm all of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the failure of a Subordinated Creditor or any transferee to comply with any of the foregoing requirements, the Credit Parties and the Subordinated Creditors acknowledge and agree, on behalf of themselves and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, that any transfer of the Subordinated Debt shall in all cases be automatically subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


7.

Legends. Until the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, each Subordinated Creditor will cause to be inserted on any Subordinated Note and Subordinated Debt Document issued after the date hereof and on any amendment or extension documentation executed after the date hereof with respect to any Subordinated Note in existence on the date hereof, the following legend:







 


ARTICLE TWELVE:

“THIS INSTRUMENT, AS WELL AS THE INDEBTEDNESS, RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY, ARE AND SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE AND REMAIN SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT AND IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, RESTATED, REPLACED, REFINANCED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS THEREOF, THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”) DATED AS OF ______________, 2021 BY AND AMONG FIRST HORIZON BANK, AS SENIOR LENDER, THE SUBORDINATED CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN), STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., AND STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, AND EACH HOLDER OF OR CREDITOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS INSTRUMENT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.”

ARTICLE THIRTEEN:

8.

No Contest. Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that it will not directly or indirectly (and

hereby waives any right to) at any time initiate, prosecute, join with or encourage any other Person to initiate or prosecute, participate in any action or proceeding (including a Proceeding) to challenge or otherwise contest the validity, perfection, priority, characterization or enforceability of any of the Senior Debt, this Agreement, the Senior Debt Documents, or any of the Liens (or any rights arising under applicable law on account of such Liens) of the Senior Lender in any of the Collateral securing, or purporting to secure, all or any portion of the Senior Debt.


9.

Subordination of Liens and Related Matters.


(a)

Without limiting the operation of Section 2, each and every Lien (in each case, whether now or hereafter obtained, including any judgment lien and any Lien obtained before, during or after the commencement of any Proceeding) securing or purporting to secure all or any of the Subordinated Debt shall in each case be (automatically and without any further action), and hereby are, subordinated for all purposes and in all respects to each and every Lien (in each case, whether now or hereafter obtained, including any judgment lien and any Lien obtained before, during or after the commencement of any Proceeding) held by or on behalf of, or created for the benefit of, Senior Lender or any agent or trustee for any of them that secures or purports to secure the Senior Debt. In furtherance of the foregoing, any Lien with respect to the Collateral securing any Senior Debt now or hereafter held by or on behalf of, or created for the benefit of, Senior Lender or any agent or trustee for Senior Lender or any of the Senior Debt shall be senior in all respects and prior to each and every Lien with respect to any Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of, or created for the benefit of, any Subordinated Creditor or any agent  or trustee  for any of them or any of the Subordinated Debt. It being understood that the Subordinated Creditor shall take immediate action to terminate all Liens as set forth in Section 2.







 


(b)

The priority of the Liens securing the Senior Debt, the subordination of any Liens securing the Subordinated Debt and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement, in each case, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of (i) how any Lien was acquired (whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation, judgment or otherwise), (ii) the time, manner, or order of the grant, attachment, filing, recordation, or perfection of any Lien, (iii) any conflicting provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, (iv) any defect or deficiencies in, or non-perfection (including any failure to perfect or lapse in perfection), setting aside, re-characterization, or avoidance of, any Lien or any or all of the Senior Debt Documents or Subordinated Debt Documents, (v) the modification, subordination or re-characterization of all or any portion of the Senior Debt or Subordinated Debt, (vi) the modification of a Senior Debt Document or the modification of a Subordinated Debt Document, (vii) the subordination of a Lien on Collateral securing any Senior Debt to a Lien securing another obligation of a Credit Party or other Person, (viii) the exchange of a Lien in any Collateral for a Lien in other Collateral in connection with any Proceeding, (ix) the commencement of any Proceeding, or (x) any other circumstance whatsoever, including a circumstance that might be a defense available to, or a discharge of, a Credit Party in respect of any Senior Debt or any Subordinated Debt or any holder of or lender or other creditor with respect to such obligations (other than the Payment in Full or payment in full (as applicable) of any such obligations) and notwithstanding any conflicting terms or conditions that may be contained in any of the Senior Debt Documents or the Subordinated Debt Documents (as applicable).


(c)

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Subordinated Creditors agree that the Senior Lender shall have the right to require that its Lien in the Collateral be evidenced as a first priority perfected Lien as reflected in the order of recorded financing statements, mortgages and other instruments on record against the Credit Parties (or any of them) and that the Subordinated Creditors position remain unsecured. In order to achieve and reflect of record the Lien priorities set forth above and the Subordinated Creditor’s unsecured position, upon Senior Lender’s request, the Subordinated Creditors will promptly deliver to Senior Lender such financing statement terminations, mortgage terminations and other terminations of Liens of record to permit the Senior Lender to file its financing statements, mortgages and other documents of record prior to filing and recording of such documents by the Subordinated Creditors and to reflect the Subordinated Creditors’ unsecured position. Neither the failure of Senior Lender to require any of the foregoing deliveries nor the failure or refusal of any of the Subordinated Creditors to deliver the same shall alter or otherwise affect the agreements set forth in this Section 9.


10.

Relationship of Parties. Senior Lender will have no liability to any Subordinated Creditor for (and the Subordinated Creditors waive any claim arising from) any action or inaction by Senior Lender with respect to any Senior Debt Document, any Senior Debt or any Collateral, including, without limitation, each of the following: (i) the maintenance, preservation or collection of the Senior Debt or any of the Collateral, (ii) any forbearance from exercising any remedies, (iii) the foreclosure upon, the sale, liquidation, maintenance, preservation, or other disposition of or the taking of any other action in respect of, all or any portion of the Collateral taken in accordance with this Agreement, including any such action or inaction that results in a default or event of default under any of the Subordinated Debt Documents and (iv) the failure to foreclose upon, sell, liquidate, maintain, preserve, or dispose of or take any other action in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral or the failure to prevent any of the foregoing. Senior Lender will not have by reason of this Agreement any fiduciary relationship with any Subordinated Creditor. The parties recognize that the interests of the Senior Lender and the Subordinated Creditors may differ, and subject to the other terms of this Agreement, Senior Lender may act in its own interest without taking into account the interests of any Subordinated Creditor. Whether or not any Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Credit Party or its assets, Senior Lender shall have the exclusive right to take or forbear in taking any action with respect to the Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of any Subordinated Creditor. In connection with any






 


Enforcement Action, Senior Lender may enforce the provisions of the Senior Debt Documents and exercise remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole and absolute discretion. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent appointed by them to dispose of Collateral, to incur expenses in connection with such disposition, and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor (in the case of the Senior Lender) or of an unsecured creditor (in the case of any Subordinated Creditor), in each case, under applicable law.


11.

Insolvency Proceeding. Each Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees not to oppose any motion filed or supported by Senior Lender (or its representatives), for relief from stay or for adequate protection in respect of any Senior Debt or any Collateral and not to oppose any motion supported by, or not objected to by, Senior Lender (or its representatives) for any Credit Party’s use of cash collateral or post-petition borrowing from Senior Lender or any third-party in connection with any Proceeding or for any proposed sale or other disposition of an Credit Party’s assets pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to a plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation or similar dispositive plan. Each Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees not object to, oppose, support any objection, or take any other action to impede, the right of Senior Lender to make an election under Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Further, each Subordinated Creditor waives any claim it may hereafter have against Senior Lender arising out of the election of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Subordinated Creditors agree that they will not, directly or indirectly, assert or support the assertion of, and hereby waive any right that they may have to assert or support the assertion of any claim under Section 506(c) or the “equities of the case” exception of Section 552(b) of the Bankruptcy Code as against Senior Lender or with respect to any of the Collateral.


12.

Power of Attorney. Each Subordinated Creditor hereby irrevocably (i) appoints Senior Lender its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of such Subordinated Creditor and in the name of such Subordinated Creditor or otherwise, to execute and deliver any document or instrument for purposes of carrying out the terms of this Agreement and (ii) authorizes Senior Lender to file any Uniform Commercial Code termination statement, release or amendment required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement (including as needed to effectuate Section 2).


13.

Modifications to Subordinated Debt Documents. Until the Senior Debt has been Paid in Full, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Subordinated Debt Documents, no Subordinated Creditor shall, without the prior written consent of Senior Lender, agree to any amendment, modification or supplement to or waiver of the performance of any provision in the Subordinated Debt Documents.


14.

Representations and Warranties of Subordinated Creditors. Each Subordinated Creditor hereby severally represents and warrants to Senior Lender, as to itself, that as of the date hereof: (a) such Subordinated Creditor has the power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Agreement, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary action; (b) the execution of this Agreement by such Subordinated Creditor will not require any consent or approval which has not been obtained; (c) this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subordinated Creditor, enforceable against such Subordinated Creditor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles; (d) such Subordinated Creditor is the sole owner, beneficially and of record, of all of the Subordinated Debt that is






 


described  as  being  issued  to  such  Subordinated  Creditor  under  the  Subordinated  Debt  Documents;

(e) subject to Section 2 above, no Lien secures the repayment or performance of the obligations in respect of any of the Subordinated Debt that is not junior and subordinate both of record and pursuant to this

Agreement to each and every Lien (in the case of the record only, currently and in the case of this Agreement, now or hereafter) securing the repayment or performance of the obligations in respect of the Senior Debt and (f) each Subordinated Creditor has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and has reviewed it carefully with the assistance of counsel and agrees to its terms and conditions in all respects.


15.

Notices. Any notice required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be effective when sent with sufficient postage by certified mail, return receipt requested to Senior Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement and to each Subordinated Creditor at the addresses identified upon Exhibit A hereto opposite such Subordinated Creditor’s name.


16.

Cumulative Rights, No Waivers. Each and every right, remedy and power granted to Senior Lender hereunder shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, remedy or power specifically granted herein, in the Loan Agreement or the other Senior Debt Documents or now or hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise, and may be exercised by Senior Lender, from time to time, concurrently or independently and as often and in such order as Senior Lender may deem expedient. Any failure or delay on the part of Senior Lender in exercising any such right, remedy or power, or abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce the same, shall not operate as a waiver thereof or affect the rights of Senior Lender thereafter to exercise the same, and any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy or power shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy or power, and no such failure, delay, abandonment or single or partial exercise of the rights of Senior Lender hereunder shall be deemed to establish a custom or course of dealing or performance among the parties hereto.


17.

Modification. No amendment, waiver or modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless such amendment or modification is in writing and signed by Senior Lender and each Subordinated Creditor.


18.

Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the respective successors and assigns of Senior Lender, Subordinated Creditors, and each Credit Party. To the extent permitted under the Senior Debt Documents, Senior Lender may, from time to time, without notice to any Subordinated Creditor, assign or transfer any or all of the Senior Debt or any interest therein to any Person and, notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer, or any subsequent assignment or transfer, the Senior Debt shall, subject to the terms hereof, be and remain Senior Debt for purposes of this Agreement, and every permitted assignee or transferee of any of the Senior Debt or of any interest therein shall, to the extent of the interest of such permitted assignee or transferee in the Senior Debt, be entitled to rely upon and be the third-party beneficiary of the subordination provided under this Agreement and shall be entitled to enforce the terms and provisions hereof to the same extent as if such assignee or transferee were initially a party hereto. Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that any party that consummates a refinancing of the Senior Debt may rely on and enforce this Agreement. Each Subordinated






 


Creditor further agrees that it will, at any reasonable request of Senior Lender, enter into an agreement, in the form of this Agreement, mutatis mutandis, with the party that consummates a permitted refinancing; provided that the failure or refusal of such Subordinated Creditor to execute such an agreement shall not affect such party’s right to rely on and enforce the terms of this Agreement.


19.

Further Assurance. In order to carry, out the terms and intent of this Agreement, each Subordinated Creditor will perform all acts necessary and appropriate to preserve for Senior Lender the benefits of this Agreement and will execute all documents or agreements that Senior Lender may request for that purpose.


20.

Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by reason of the operation of any law or by reason of the interpretation placed thereon by any court or governmental authority, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of

this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and the affected provision shall be modified to the minimum extent permitted by law so as most fully to achieve the intention of this Agreement.


21.

Continuation of Subordination; Termination of Agreement. This Agreement and the obligations of Subordinated Creditors hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until the Payment in Full of the Senior Debt after which this Agreement shall terminate without further action on the part of the parties hereto; provided that this Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Distribution in respect of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by Senior Lender (or any representative thereof) upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Credit Party or otherwise, all as though such Distribution had not been made, and any Distribution received or effected by or for the benefit of such Subordinated Creditor with respect to the Subordinated Debt shall be subject to Section 5.


22.

No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Subordinated Creditors and Senior Lender. Except as set forth in Section 18, there are no third-party beneficiaries.


23.

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. In the event of any Proceeding with respect to any Credit Party or its assets:


(1)

All Senior Debt shall first be Paid in Full before any Distribution shall be made on account of any Subordinated Debt.


(2)

Any Distribution that would otherwise, but for the terms hereof, be payable or deliverable in respect of the Subordinated Debt shall be paid or delivered directly to Senior Lender (to be held and/or applied by Senior Lender in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents) until all Senior Debt has been Paid in Full. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably authorizes, empowers and directs any debtor, debtor in possession, receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, conservator or other Person having authority, to pay or otherwise deliver all such Distributions to Senior Lender (to be held and/or applied by Senior Lender in accordance






 


with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents) until all Senior Debt has been Paid in Full. Each Subordinated Creditor also irrevocably authorizes and empowers Senior Lender, in the name of such Subordinated Creditor, to demand, sue for, collect and receive any and all such Distributions, which Distributions shall be applied by Senior Lender in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents until all Senior Debt has been Paid in Full.


(3)

Senior Lender may request any Subordinated Creditor to execute, verify, deliver and file any proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Debt held by such Subordinated Creditor in connection with any such Proceeding.


(4)

Each Subordinated Creditor hereby irrevocably authorizes, empowers and appoints Senior Lender as its agent and attorney in fact to execute, verify, deliver and file (but not vote) proofs of claim upon the failure of such Subordinated Creditor promptly to do so prior to ten

(10) days before the expiration of the time to file any such proof of claim; provided that Senior Lender shall not have any obligation to execute, verify, deliver and/or file any such proof of claim. The holders of or lenders with respect to Subordinated Debt shall nevertheless retain all rights to enforce and to vote all proofs of claim and otherwise to act in any Proceeding in their capacity as such holders and lenders, as the case may be, of Subordinated Debt (including the right to vote to accept or reject any plan of reorganization, composition, arrangement or liquidation and to file motions, objections and pleadings) to the fullest extent provided by applicable law, except as would be in contravention of the other terms of this Agreement.


(5)  The Senior Debt shall continue to be treated as Senior Debt, and the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to govern the relative rights and priorities of Senior Lender and Subordinated Creditors, even if all or part of the Senior Debt or the Liens now or hereafter securing or purporting secure any or all of the Senior Debt are subordinated, set aside, avoided, invalidated or disallowed in connection with any such Proceeding, and this Agreement shall be reinstated if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any holder or lender of Senior Debt or any representative of such holder or lender.


24.

Subordination Agreement. This Agreement is intended to be a subordination agreement within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the commencement of any Proceeding and all converted or succeeding cases in respect thereof. The relative rights of parties in or to any Distributions from or in respect of any Collateral or proceeds of Collateral, shall continue after the commencement of any Proceeding.


25.

Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida.


26.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY






 


APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.


27.

Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against any other party hereto in any way relating to this Agreement or the transactions relating hereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of Florida sitting in Broward County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of Florida, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Florida State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Senior Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its security interests in any collateral securing the Senior Debt against the Subordinated Creditors or any Credit Party or any of their respective properties in the courts of any applicable jurisdiction in which such collateral is located. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to herein. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 15 and in the Loan Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.


28.

Miscellaneous. This Agreement may be executed in counterpart, no one copy of which need be executed by all of the parties hereto. When counterpart copies have been executed by all of the parties hereto, all counterpart copies together shall constitute one agreement and shall be a valid and binding contract among the parties as of the date first written above. Execution may be evidenced by facsimile, PDF, tif file, electronic copy, or email scanned transmission of duly executed counterparts of the Agreement and transmission of the executed copy shall constitute delivery of the document for the purposes of this Agreement. The parties covenant to exchange and deliver originally executed counterparts as soon as practicable after any delivery by facsimile or email scanned transmission when so executed shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


29.

Specific Performance. Senior Lender may demand specific performance of this






 


Agreement, and each of the Subordinated Creditors waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action brought by Senior Lender.


30.

Additional Subordinated Debt. For any additional debt of any Credit Party to a creditor that arises after the date hereof in accordance with Section 6.29 of the Loan Agreement, the applicable Credit Party shall comply with and cause any new creditor to comply with Section 6.29 of the Loan Agreement with respect to such debt and shall cause such debt to meet the requirements of Subordinated Debt under the Loan Agreement, including, but not limited to, causing such creditor to become a party to this Agreement by execution of a signature page to be attached to this Agreement effective as of the date of such creditor’s Subordinated Debt Documents.


31.

Additional Subordination. Each Subordinated Creditor represents and warrants that it has not heretofore given any subordination in respect of the Subordinated Debt except to Woodforest National Bank, which subordination agreement with Woodforest National Bank is being terminated concurrently herewith. No Subordinated Creditor shall hereafter give any subordination in respect of the Subordinated Debt, convert any or all of the Subordinated Debt to capital stock or other securities of either Credit Party, or transfer or assign any of the Subordinated Debt to any person other than Senior Lender.


32.

Statement of Account. Each Subordinated Creditor and each Credit Party agree to render to Senior Lender from time to time upon Senior Lender's request therefor a statement of each Credit Party’s account with each Subordinated Creditor and to afford Senior Lender access to the books and records of each Subordinated Creditor and of each Credit Party in order that Senior Lender may make a full examination of the state of accounts of each Credit Party with each Subordinated Creditor.


33.

Extensions of Subordinated Debt. Notwithstanding anything in the Subordinated Debt Documents to the contrary, no Subordinated Debt shall mature prior to the Payment in Full of the Senior Debt unless repaid and replaced in accordance with Sections 6.29 and 7.8 of the Loan Agreement. Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that any Subordinated Note held by such Subordinated Creditor with a maturity date prior to the Termination Date set forth in the Loan Agreement shall be extended and mature on the next anniversary of the applicable Subordinated Note following the Termination Date.  



[Signature pages follow]






 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, Holdings, Senior Lender, and the Subordinated Creditors have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, duly authorized so to do, all as of the day and year first above written.


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By: /s/ William J. Koppelmann
Name: William Koppelmann

Title: President and CEO


BORROWER



FIRST HORIZON BANK


By: /s/ Henry Sosa
Name: Henry Sosa

Title: Senior Vice President



SENIOR LENDER



STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


By: /s/ William J. Koppelmann
Name: William Koppelmann

Title: President and CEO



HOLDINGS















[Subordinated Creditor Signature Pages Follow]






 


EXHIBIT “I”
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


Subordinated Debt Listing

“SPF” means Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation

“SPH” means Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.

Creditor

Debtor

Note #

Note Amount

Agneta Zelman

SPF

1023

$100,000

Richard Marah & Joyce Marah

SPF

2025

$20,000

George Anthony Malvestuto

SPF

2028

$28,849

Entrust Group for the benefit of James A. Wall IRA

SPF

2042

$133,000

PENSCO TRUST COMPANY for the benefit of Viola Garig

SPF

2050

$207,300

George Anthony Malvestuto

SPF

2053

$80,680

Dorothy Lanci, Trustee of the Peter Lanci, Jr. Revocable Trust of 1996

SPF

2064

$64,576

Donald J. Nimphius & Marian Cole (JTWROS)

SPF

2082

$197,650

Edward Jevec

SPF

2085

$10,000

Entrust Administration Trust, for the benefit of Richard Marah IRA

SPF

2087

$20,000

Joseph A. Mastro

SPF

2089

$450,000

Anna M. Mauch

SPF

2090

$15,000

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of Ana Maria Green IRA

SPF

2104

$35,000

Martin P. Jester

SPF

2105

$100,000

Lauri J. Baddour

SPF

2110

$67,407

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2117

$150,000

Maralee G. Orihuela or Renne L. Babbitt (JTWROS)

SPF

2123

$155,000

Kenneth C. Williamson and Rosemary W. Williamson

SPF

2130

$25,000

Barbara C. Sopher & John D. Sopher

SPF

2133

$45,000

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2134

$100,000

___________, Trustee of the Carey J. Miller & Doris M. Miller Living Trust

SPF

2136

$32,000

Entrust Administration Trust, for the benefit of William J. Koppelmann IRA

SPF

2139

$72,000

Lazara Rivas

SPF

2142

$58,983






 




Christy Dunham & Dana Dunham (JTWROS)

SPF

2144

$80,000

Alfonso Devivo

SPF

2146

$105,000

William Koppelmann & Gloria Koppelmann

SPF

2147

$10,000

Larry C. Megill

SPF

2150

$29,375

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2151

$50,000

Christy Dunham & Dana Dunham (JTWROS)

SPF

2153

$13,500

Lincoln Dunham & Dana Dunham (JTWROS)

SPF

2154

$10,000

Wanda Lajara

SPF

2155

$12,500

Entrust Administrative Trust, for the benefit of  James T. Harvey IRA

SPF

2156

$65,000

Walter F. Feist & Roger C. Feist (JTWROS)

SPF

2157

$75,000

Jack M. Dunham & Dana Dunham (JTWROS)

SPF

2158

$10,000

Lauren Dunham & Dana Dunham (JTWROS)

SPF

2159

$13,000

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2160

$75,000

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2172

$75,000

Entrust Administration Trust, for the benefit of William J. Koppelmann IRA

SPF

2174

$25,000

Alfonso Devivo

SPF

2178

$88,750

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2179

$350,000

Ira Goldberg & Elizabeth Goldberg

SPF

2181

$11,000

Entrust Administration Trust for the benefit of Robb Galiano IRA

SPF

2182

$56,000

Gregory Carey

SPF

2183

$181,301

Desmond Verstraate & Vance Young (JTWROS)

SPF

2187

$150,000

Ulinda Verstratte

SPF

2188

$10,000

Donna Dutton, Trustee of the Donna Dutton Living Revocable Trust dated 4/16/10

SPF

2189

$60,000

Melissa Soto & Teresita Y.Reselosa

SPF

2192

$301,299

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of Harold Mongiardini IRA

SPF

2193

$18,506

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of Elizabeth Mongiardini IRA

SPF

2194

$137,978

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of Elizabeth Mongiardini IRA

SPF

2195

$186,376

Mavis B. Basquiat & Marie Charlaine Vielot (JTWROS)

SPF

2196

$40,000

Robert F. Mattucci

SPF

2197

$90,000

Karen Weston

SPF

2198

$325,000

William Koppelmann

SPF

2200

$120,000

John Mayer

SPF

2201

$150,000

Lauri J. Baddour

SPF

2202

$200,000






 




PENSCO Trust Company for the benefit of Anthony Tappin IRA

SPF

2203

$70,000

Lazara Rivas

SPF

2204

$100,000

Pacific Premier Trust, Custodian for the benefit of Gene Mongiardini IRA

SPF

2205

$101,434

Claudia M. Hoechner

SPF

2209

$50,000

Manuel Chamizo & Victoria Chamizo (JTWROS)

SPF

2210

$20,000

Lazara Rivas & Viviana Rojas (JTWROS)

SPF

2213

$10,000

Victoria Chamizo

SPF

2215

$50,000

The Entrust Group, for the benefit of Robert Frank Mattucci IRA

SPF

2217

$30,000

Edmond Baddour and Lauri Baddour (JTWROS)

SPF

2218

$100,000

Randy Garner

SPF

2219

$85,000

Marie Charlaine Vielot & Mavis B. Basquit (JTWROS)

SPF

2220

$30,000

Maralee G. Orihuela or Renne Babbitt (JTWROS)

SPF

2223

$25,000

Joseph A. Mastro

SPF

2224

$50,000

Ramon Mejido & Mayra Mejido (JTWROS)

SPF

2226

$10,000

Claudia M. Hoechner

SPF

2227

$204,000

Robert L. Duvall

SPF

2228

$50,000

Margaret Ruiz

SPF

2230

$10,000

Toni A. Dahrouge

SPF

2234

$70,000

Manuel Chamizo & Victoria Chamizo (JTWROS)

SPF

2235

$100,000

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of MaryLea Boatwright IRA

SPF

2236

$50,000

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of MaryLea Boatwright IRA

SPF

2237

$60,000

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian for the benefit of MaryLea Boatwright IRA

SPF

2238

$168,000

The Entrust Group, for the benefit of MaryLea Boatwright IRA

SPF

2239

$92,000

The Entrust Group, for the benefit of MaryLea Boatwright IRA

SPF

2240

$350,000

Richard J. Ray

SPF

2241

$35,000

Frank E. Lauer and Jean G. Lauer Co-Trustees of the Lauer Revocable Trust dated 6/20/2012

SPF

2242

$100,000

Manuel Chamizo & Victoria Chamizo (JTWROS)

SPF

2243

$50,000

Manuel Chamizo & Victoria Chamizo (JTWROS)

SPF

2244

$50,000

Marie Charlaine Vielot & Mavis B. Basquit (JTWROS)

SPF

2245

$10,000

Carl Christian Hoechner

SPF

2246

$27,000

Maria Virginia Krogol

SPF

2248

$50,000

Brian Krogol

SPF

2249

$50,000

Manuel Chamizo & Victoria Chamizo (JTWROS)

SPF

2250

$100,000

Marylea Boatwright-Quinn

SPH

2412

$480,000

 

 

 

 






 




 

 

Total

$8,129,464







 



EXHIBIT “J”
TO
LOAN AGREEMENT


Form of Notice to Insurers

NOTIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST IN
UNEARNED PREMIUM

_____________, 2021

CERTIFIED MAIL - NO.  ____________

RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

___________________Insurance Company

__________________________________

CERTIFIED MAIL - NO.  ____________

RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

_______________ Insurance Company

RE:

Notification of Assignment of Interest in Unearned Premium

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation ("SPFM") is a Florida corporation engaged in the financing of premiums for property and casualty insurance issued by various insurance companies identified on Exhibit "A" hereto (the "Insurance Companies").

Presently, SPFM finances premiums for policies sold by one or more of the Insurance Companies.

Pursuant to the form premium finance agreements ("PFA") used by SPFM, until SPFM has  been paid the full amount owing under the PFA, the borrower/policyholder grants to SPFM a security interest in, and assigns to SPFM all unearned premiums which may become payable under any policy or policies financed under the PFA.

Pursuant to certain Security Agreements between SPFM and First Horizon Bank (the "Bank"), SPFM pledges and assigns to the Bank, and grants Bank a continuing security interest in, the amount of unearned premium at any time owed to a borrower/policyholder under a PFA.  The rights to payments of unearned premium assigned by SPFM to the Bank relate to amounts owing to a borrower/policyholder under a cancelled or terminated policy of insurance whether such payment is owed by an insurance company  or by the insurance guaranty fund of any state.

This NOTICE is to provide you written notice (1) of the assignment by the borrower/ policyholder to SPFM of his or her rights to payment of unearned premium owing under a policy






 


financed by SPFM, and (2) of the assignment by SPFM to the Bank of SPFM’s rights to payment of unearned premium owing SPFM pursuant to the PFA.

Please indicate your receipt of this NOTICE by signing in the appropriate place below and returning the original to us for our files.  You should keep a copy for your files as well.  Thank you.

DATED as of this the 3rd day of February, 2021.

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By:

Name:

Title:



THIS NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT OF UNEARNED PREMIUM RECEIVED:



[Insert name of Insurance Company]


By:________________________________

Name:_____________________________

Title:_______________________________






 


Exhibit A to Insurance Company Notice



[Insert list of insurance companies]